DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORP
PRE 14A, 1996-06-10
ALLIED TO MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION
Previous: MESA OPERATING CO, S-3/A, 1996-06-10
Next: CFM TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-A12G, 1996-06-10




                      PRELIMINARY PROXY STATEMENT

                   DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
                         16818 MARQUARDT AVENUE
                       CERRITOS, CALIFORNIA 90703

                NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                      TO BE HELD ON JULY 31, 1996

To the shareholders of Diamond Entertainment Corporation:

      NOTICE IS HEREBY  GIVEN that the annual  meeting of  shareholders  ( the "
Annual Meeting") of Diamond Entertainment  Corporation, a New Jersey corporation
(the "Company"), will be held on July 31, 1996 at 3:00 P. M., local time, at the
offices of Diamond Entertainment  Corporation,  16818 Marquardt Avenue, Anaheim,
CA 90703 to consider and vote upon the following  proposals and such business as
may properly come
before the Annual Meeting:

1.To elect one (1) Class 1 directors and two (2) Class 2 directors to the Board
   of the  Company for term of three years;

2. To ratify the appointment of Mortenson & Associates, P. C. As the Company's
   independent certified public accountants;

3. To increase the authorized common stock of the Company from 15,000,000 shares
 of    common stocks no par value ("Common Stock"), to 100,000,000 shares; and

4. To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual
    Meeting or any   adjournments thereof.

      The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on June 25, 1996 as
the record  date (the  "Record  Date")  for the  determination  of  shareholders
entitled  to  notice  and vote at the  Annual  Meeting,  or any  adjournment  or
postponements thereof.

      You are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting. Whether or not you
plan to attend the meeting, please sign, date and return your proxy in the reply
envelope provided. Your cooperation in promptly signing and returning your proxy
will help avoid further solicitation expense.









<PAGE>






      Shareholders  are requested to carefully read and review the  accompanying
Proxy  Statement  before  executing  and  returning  the Proxy to the Company or
voting in person at the Annual Meeting.



<PAGE>



                                    By Order of the Board of Directors of
                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation

                                    James Lu, Chairman of the Board/Chief
                                          Executive Officer/President and
                                          Secretary


Dated:June 25, 1996


<PAGE>



                       PRELIMINARY PROXY STATEMENT

                    DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
                         16818 MARQUARDT AVENUE.
                          CERRITOS, CA.  90703
                             (310) 921-3999

           PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                       TO BE HELD ON JULY 31,1996
              SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


                                 GENERAL

      This Proxy Statement is furnished to shareholders of Diamond Entertainment
Corporation, a New Jersey corporation ("Diamond" or the "Company" or "Diamond"),
in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors for the
annual  meeting  of   shareholders   to  be  held  at  the  offices  of  Diamond
Entertainment  Corporation,  16818 Marquardt Ave., Cerritos CA 90703 on July 31,
1996 at 3:00 P.M.,  local time, and any  adjournments or  postponements  thereof
(the "Annual  Meeting").  This Proxy Statement and the attached Notice of Annual
Meetings are first being mailed to  shareholders of the Company on or about June
25,1996.

      At the Annual Meeting,  shareholders  will be asked to approve and consent
to:

1.    The election of one (1) Class 1 director to the Board of the Company for a
      term of three  years.  One (1) nominee for the Board is Jeffrey  Schillen;
      The  election of two (2) Class 2 directors to the Board of the Company for
      terms of three years.  The two (2) nominees for the Board are James Lu and
      Murray Scott;

2.    Ratify the appointment of Mortenson & Associates, P.C. as the Company's
      independent certified public accountants;

3.    The increase of the authorized common stock of the Company from 15,000,000
      shares of common stock, no par value ("Common Stock"), to 100,000,00 
      shares; and

4.    Transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual
      Meeting or any adjournments thereof.

Voting at the Annual Meeting

   The Board of Directors of the Company has fixed the close of business on June
25,  1996 as the  record  date (the  "Record  Date")  for the  determination  of
shareholders  entitled  to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting.  At the
close of business on the Record Date,  there were shares of the Company's common
stock, no par value (the


<PAGE>



"Diamond Common Stock"),  issued and  outstanding,  each of which is entitled to
one vote at the  Annual  Meeting,  and there were  shares of  Diamond  preferred
stock, no par value (the "Diamond  Preferred  Stock"),  issued and  outstanding,
each such share  entitling the holder to one and ninety five one hundreds (1.95)
votes at the  Annual  Meeting.  As of the  Record  Date  there  were  issued and
outstanding  shares of voting stock of the Company  representing an aggregate of
votes entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.

   The Company has approximately holders of record. The Diamond Common Stock and
the Diamond Preferred Stock vote as one group on all matters.

   Under the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company  and under the New
Jersey  Business  Corporation  Law,  the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
combined votes cast by the holders of the issued and  outstanding  shares of the
capital  stock of the  Company  entitled  to vote  ("Shareholder  Approval")  is
necessary  to approve and consent to the election of the members of the Board of
the Company,  the ratification of the auditors of the Company,  and the increase
of the authorized Common Stock of the Company  (collectively  referred to as the
"Three Shareholder  Matters").  The Board of Directors recommends voting FOR the
Three Shareholder matters. Unless otherwise instructed, proxies solicited by the
Board of Directors will be voted FOR the Three Shareholder Matters.

   In order to vote in favor of or against any of the Three Shareholder  Matters
at the Annual  Meeting,  shareholders  may attend the Annual  Meeting or deliver
executed  proxies to the  Secretary  of the Company at 16818  Marquardt  Avenue,
Cerritos,  CA 90703 on or before  the date of the Annual  Meeting.  Shareholders
attendant the meeting may abstain form voting by marking the  appropriate  boxes
designated as Abstain on the Proxy.  Abstentions shall be counted separately and
shall be used for purposes of calculating a quorum.

   It is not  anticipated  that any other  matters  will be  brought  before the
Annual Meeting.

Proxy Solicitation

   The expense of preparing, printing and mailing this Proxy Statement, exhibits
and the proxies  solicited  hereby will be borne by the Company.  In addition to
the use of the mails,  proxies may be solicited by officers  and  directors  and
regular employees of the Company, without additional  remuneration,  by personal
interviews,  telephone,  telegraph or facsimile  transmission.  The Company will
also request  brokerage firms,  nominees,  custodians and fiduciaries to forward
proxy  material  to the  beneficial  owners of shares of  capital  stock held of
record and will provide  reimbursements  for the cost of forwarding the material
in accordance with customary charges.

Security Ownership of Directors, Officers and Principal Stockholders of the
Company.

   The following table sets forth as of February 10,1996 (the record date),
 certain


<PAGE>



information with respect to the beneficial  ownership of Diamond Preferred Stock
and Diamond Common Stock by each person or entity known by the Company to be the
beneficial owner of 5% or more of such shares, each director of the company, and
all officers and directors of the Company as a group:






                                  Name


                               Shares of
                                 Common
                                 Stock
                                 Owned



                             Percentage (%)
                                of Total
                              Common Stock



                               Shares of
                               Preferred
                               Stock (8)


                            Shares of Common
                             Stock Assuming
                             Conversion of
                            Preferred Stock

                           Percentage (%) of
                              Common Stock
                                Assuming
                           Conversion of All
                          Preferred Stock (8)
Sam H. M. Chang (6)(7).......................
c/o Diamond Entertainment Corporation
   16818 Marquardt Ave.,
   Cerritos,  CA 90703
                                  -0-
                                  -0-
                                 75,752
                                147,716
                                 1.08%
James K.T. Lu (6)(8).......................
c/o Diamond Entertainment Corporation
   16818 Marquardt Ave.,
   Cerritos,  CA 90703
                               4,412,785
                                 59.97%
                                209,287
                                408,110
                                 35.24%
Jeffrey I. Schillen (3)(4)(6)....................
c/o Diamond Entertainment Corporation
   4400 Route 9 South
   Freehold, NJ 07728
                               3,020,750
                                 0.15%
                                 36,282
                                 70,750
                                 22.45%
Murray T. Scott (6)(8) ...........................  c/o
c/o Diamond Entertainment Corporation
 16818 Marquardt Ave.,
  Cerritos,  CA 90703
                                800,000
                                  -0-
                                 75,796
                                147,802
                                 6.93%

Pacesetter Int'l Co. ............................
   Hong Kong
                               2,538,446
                                 18.84%
                                  -0-
                                  -0-
                                  -0-
All directors and officers as a group
(5 persons) .............................

                               8,233,535

                                 60.19%

                                427,886

                                839,378

                                 64.62%

(5)Mr. Lu is the Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Director 
of the Company.
(6)Mr. Schillen may be deemed a "parent" or "promoter" of the Company as such 
terms are
   defined  in the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  by virtue of being a
   founder, Executive Vice President and Director of the Company.
(7)Includes 8,710 shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Restricted Stock
   Plan which  shares are to be  returned  in  accordance  with the terms of the
   Restricted Stock Plan.

(8)Includes 4,198 shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Restricted Stock
   Plan which  shares are to be  returned  in  accordance  with the terms of the
   Restricted Stock Plan.

(9)The  Preferred  Stock  entitles the holder to 1.95 votes for each share owned
   and each share may be converted into 1.95 shares of Common Stock.
(10)     Mr. Scott is a Director of the Company.




<PAGE>



                        1. ELECTIONS OF DIRECTORS

   Under the  certificate  of  incorporation  of the  Company  ("Certificate  of
Incorporation"), the Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three (3)
classes,  with each class to be elected by the  shareholders  every three years.
The Company's  Board  presently  consists of five (5)  directors  with three (3)
Class 1 directors  whose terms expire in 1995,  two (2) Class 2 directors  whose
terms  expire in 1994,  who continue to serve until their  successors  have been
nominated  and  elected.  Officers  are  elected  annually  by and  serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.

   The Board has nominated one (1) candidate to serve as Class 1 directors (Jeff
Schillen  who is  currently a Class 1 directors  and whose term has now expired)
and two (2) candidates to serve as Class 2 Directors (James Lu and Murray Scott,
who are currently Class 2 Directors and whose terms have now expired). The names
and  biographical  summaries of the three (3) persons who have been nominated by
the Board of  Directors  to stand for  election at the Annual  Meeting have been
provided  below for your  information.  The Board of Directors has proposed that
these  persons be elected at the Annual  Meeting to serve until their Class next
stands for election. The Proxies will be voted for the election of the three (3)
nominees listed below as directors of the Company unless otherwise  specified on
the form  provided.  The vote of a majority  of the capital  stock,  present and
constituting  a quorum at the Annual  Meeting,  will be  necessary  to elect the
directors listed below. If, for any reasons, any of the nominees shall be unable
or  unwilling to serve,  the proxies will be voted for a substitute  nominee who
will be designated by the Board of Directors at the Annual meeting. Shareholders
may abstain from voting by marking the appropriate  boxes on the enclosed Proxy.
Abstentions  shall be  counted  separately  and  shall be used for  purposes  of
calculating quorum.

BIOGRAPHICAL SUMMARIES

   Class a Nominees (terms expires 1998)

   Jeffrey I. Schillen  (Class 1 Director)  Mr. Schillen is Executive Vice
 President of Sales
and Marketing of the Company and has been a Director of the Company since 
inception in
April of 1986.  Prior to the Acquisition, Mr. Schillen was the President and 
Treasurer of the
company since April 1986. From May 1984 to April 1986, Mr. Schillen was
 President and
Chief Operating Officer of the Music Corner Inc., a retail record, tape and 
video chain which
he co-founded.  From 1974 to April 1984, Mr. Schillen founded and served as 
Vice President
in charge of purchasing, store openings and acquisitions of Platter Puss
 Records, Inc., a retail
record, tape and video chain.  See "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT."

   Class 2 Nominees (terms expires 1998)

   James Lu  (Class 2 Director)   Mr. Lu has been a director of the Company 
and Chairman
of the Board of Directors since February 28, 1989.  Mr. Lu was elected as 
Chairman of the
Board,Chief Executive Officer and Secretary of the Company as of March 1, 1990.
 In July
1991, Mr. Lu was appointed to the additional position of  President.  In order
 to involve other


<PAGE>



executives in the management of the Company, Mr. Lu resigned in September 1991 
as
President and Chief operating officer and Mr. Cheng was appointed to such 
positions.  InMay of 1995, Mr. Lu assumed the position of President again 
due to the departure 
of Mr. Cheng from the Company.  Mr. Lu was President and Chief Executive
 Officer of the California Subsidiary from 1985 to 1990.  Mr. Lu
 received his B.S.I.E. degree form Chung
Yuen University Taiwan in 1969, his M.S.I.E. degree from the Illinois Institute
of Technology in 1972 and a Masters of Business Administration (M.B.A.) 
from California State University
in 1981.

   Murray T. Scott (Class 2 Director)  Mr. Scott was  appointed as a director by
the Board of  Directors in November  1993 when the Board was  increased to seven
(7) members. Mr. Scott has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Gregg's
Furniture, a custom furniture building business in Victoria, Canada, since 1958.
His  involvement  with Gregg's  Furniture today is currently in a consulting and
advisory capacity.

Directors and Executive Officers

   The  directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Company  are listed  below,
followed by a brief  description  of their business  experience  during the past
five years.

         Name                    Age                     Position

James K.T. Lu................................Chairman of the Board; Chief
                                             Executive officer; President;
                                             Secretary and Director

Jeffrey I. Schillen................................Executive Vice President and
                                             Director

Murray T. Scott..............................Director......73

   All  directors  hold  office  for terms of three (3) years and until the next
annual meeting of stockholders  scheduled to vote on such class of Directors and
the election and qualification of their respective successors. Directors receive
no compensation for serving on the Board, except for reimbursement of reasonable
expenses  incurred in attending  meetings.  Officers are elected annually by the
Board of Directors and, subject to existing employment agreements,  serve at the
discretion of the Board.

   Under the  certificate  of  incorporation  of the  Company  ("Certificate  of
Incorporation"), the Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three (3)
classes,  with each class to be elected by the  shareholders  every three years.
The Company's  Board presently  consists of five (5) directors:  one (1) Class 1
directors  whose term expired in 1996 upon or upon  election of their  successor
two (2) Class 2 directors  whose terms expire in 1994 or upon  election of their
successor.

Background of Executive Officers and Directors


<PAGE>



   Jeffrey I.  Schillen  (Class 1  Director)  Mr.  Schillen  is  Executive  Vice
President of the Company and has been a Director of the Company since  inception
in April of 1986. Prior to the  Acquisition,  Mr. Schillen was the President and
Treasurer of the Company since April of 1986.  From May 1984 to April 1986,  Mr.
Schillen  was  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of Music  Corner Inc., a
retail  record,  tape and video  chain which he  co-founded.  From 1974 to April
1984, Mr. Schillen founded and served as Vice President in charge of purchasing,
store openings and acquisitions of Platter Puss Records,  Inc., a retail record,
tape and video chain. See "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT".

   James Lu  (Class 2 Director)   Mr. Lu has been a director of the Company
 and Chairman of the Board of Directors since February 28, 1989.  Mr. Lu was
 elected asChairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary of the
 company of March 1,  1990.  In July
1991, Mr. Lu was appointed to the additional position of  President.  In order
 to involve other
executives in the management of the Company, Mr. Lu resigned in September 1991
 as
President and Chief operating officer and Mr. Cheng was appointed to such 
positions.  In
May of 1995, Mr. Lu assumed the position of President again due to the departure
 of Mr.
Cheng from the Company.  Mr. Lu was President and Chief Executive Officer of the
California Subsidiary from 1985 to 1990.  Mr. Lu received his B.S.I.E. degree 
form Chung
Yuen University Taiwan in 1969, his M.S.I.E. degree from the Illinois Institute 
of Technology
in 1972 and a Masters of Business Administration (M.B.A.) from California State 
University
in 1981.

   Murray T. Scott (Class 2 Director)  Mr. Scott was  appointed as a director by
the Board of  Directors in November  1993 when the Board was  increased to seven
(7) members. Mr. Scott has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Gregg's
Furniture, a custom furniture building business in Victoria, Canada, since 1958.
His  involvement  with Gregg's  Furniture today is currently in a consulting and
advisory capacity.

   The Company has no standing audit,  nominating or compensation  committee, or
committees  performing  similar  functions  except with respect to the Company's
stock option plan. See "RESTRICTED  STOCK PLAN." During the year ended March 31,
1995, the Company held four (4) Board meetings.  No director  attended less than
75% of such meetings.  One (1) director of the Company resigned and no directors
declined to stand for  re-election  due to a disagreement on any matter relating
to the Company's operations, policies or practices.



<PAGE>


                       SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE






Long-Term

Compensation






   Annual

Compensation

Awards



Payments

                                  (a)
                                  (b)
                                  (c)
                                  (d)
                                  (e)
                                  (f)
                                  (g)
                                  (h)
                                  (i)





                               Restricted







                              Other Annual
                                 Stock
Options
                                  LTIP
                               All Other
                           Name and Principal
                                Position
                                  Year
                                 Salary
                                 Bonus
                              Compensation
                                 Award
                                  SASs
                                Payments
                              Compensation









James Lu .......................
                                                                    1995
                                                                $150,000





                                                                 $39,290
Chief Executive Officer,
President
                                                                    1994
                                                                    1993
                                                                 185,718
                                                                 166,000
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                                                  37,988
                                                                  42,495

                                                                    1992
                                                                 106,167
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                                                  27,260









Jeffrey I. Schillen..........
                                                                    1995
                                                                $120,000





                                                                 $26,340
 Executive Vice President
                                                                    1994
                                                                    1993
                                                                 113,550
                                                                 106,500
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                                                  28,219


                                                                    1992
                                                                  73,500
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                   0
                                                                  26,138



















Employment Agreements

   Mr. Lu has entered into an employment agreement with the Company for a
 period of ten 10) years commencing on January 1, 1991.  Mr. Lu shall receive 
150,000 per year, subject to annual adjustments.  The Company also maintains 
two life insurance policies on Mr. Lu, both of which total $1,000,000.
 The Company also pays Mr. Lu's medical insurance
premiums, and leasing and insurance payments for Mr. Lu's automobile,
 aggregating 37,988.00 per annum.

   The Company has an employment  agreement with Jeffrey I. Schillen expiring on
December 31,  2000.  Pursuant to the  agreement,  Mr.  Schillen  will receive an
annual salary of $90,000.  Starting 1994, the Company increased annual salary to
$120,000. In addition,  the Company maintains a $1,000,000 life insurance policy
for the benefit of Mr. Schillen's designated beneficiary.

   None of the  employment  agreements  which the  Company  have with any of the
executives,  indicated  above,  provides for any specific  compensation  to such
individuals should their respective employment agreements be terminated prior to
expiration of the term of such agreements.

Restricted Stock Plan

   On May 25,  1989,  the  Company's  directors  and  Stockholders  approved the
Company's 1989 restricted  stock plan (the  "Restricted  Plan")  authorizing the
granting of shares of Common  Stock.  Pursuant  to the  Restricted  Plan,  up to
100,000 shares of Common Stock subject to certain  restrictions (the "Restricted
Shares"),  may be granted to  officers  and other key  employees  of the Company
until May 2, 1994. The Board of Directors is  responsible  for  determining  the
individual who will be granted Restricted Shares, the consideration, if any,

to be paid by the grantee and the term and conditions of the Restricted Shares.
 The terms


<PAGE>



and  conditions  of each grant of  Restricted  Shares need not be  identical  to
previous  grants.  No officer who serves as a director will  participate  in the
granting of Restricted Shares to himself.

   On May 25,1989,  the Board of Directors  granted a total of 85,000 Restricted
Shares to certain officers of the Company.  The foregoing  Restricted Shares are
not transferable  unless certain financial  performance goals of the Company are
met. Such goals have been set based upon after-tax income of $350,000 for fiscal
1989;  $600,000 for fiscal 1990 and $1,000,000 and for fiscal 1991. In the event
such income  levels are not met in any year,  one-third of each of the grantee's
Restricted Shares will be forfeited and returned to the Company. The Company did
not  meet  any of  the  financial  performance  goals.  Accordingly,  all of the
Restricted  Shares have been  forfeited as a result of the Company's  failure to
meet the performance goals for fiscal 1989, 1990 and 1991, respectively.

Stock Options

   On October 12, 1988, the Company's  directors and  stockholders  approved the
Company's 1988 Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") authorizing the granting of
incentive options and non-qualified  options. The incentive options are intended
to qualify under  Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Pursuant to the Option Plan,  options to purchase up to 10,000  shares of Common
Stock may be granted to officers,  directors  and key  employees of the Company.
The  Stock  Option  Committee,   consisting  of  Messrs.  Lu  and  Schillen,  is
responsible for determining  the  individuals who will be granted  options,  the
number of shares to be subject to each option,  the option price per share,  and
the exercise  period of each option.  The option price will not be less than the
fair  market  value of the  company's  Common  Stock on the date the  option  is
granted. Options may be exercised by payment of Cash. No option will have a term
in excess of ten years.

   As to any stockholder who owns 10% or more of the Company's Common Stock, the
option price per share of an  incentive  option will be no less than 110% of the
fair  market  value of the  Company's  Common  Stock  on the date the  incentive
options  are granted  and such  options  shall not have a term in excess of five
years. No stock options have been granted to date.

            2. RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

   Upon  appointment  by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  Mortenson  &
Associates,   P.C.,  independent  certified  public  accountants  ("Mortenson"),
audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of the Company for
its  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,1995.  The  Board  of  Directors  recommends
ratification  of Mortenson as the  auditors.  A  representative  of Mortenson is
expected to be present at the annual Meeting.

   Unless otherwise directed by the stockholder giving the proxy, the proxy will
be voted "FOR" the  ratification  of the  selection by the Board of Directors of
Mortenson as the  Company's  independent  certified  public  accounts for Fiscal
1996.



<PAGE>



           3. INCREASE AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY

   The Board of Directors has voted to increase the authorized  shares of Common
Stock from 15,000,000 shares to 100,000,000  shares,  subject to the approval of
the majority of the stockholders of the Company. The board of Directors believes
that this  increase  is  desirable  for a number of reasons,  including  but not
limited to  facilitating  the Company's  ability to effect growth through future
acquisitions and future financing.

   To effect  this  increase  in the  authorized  Common  Stock of the  Company,
shareholder   approval  is  sought  to  amend  the  Company's   Certificate   of
Incorporation relating to the authorized capital stock with the following:

   The Corporation shall be authorized to issue the following shares:

   Class                         No. of Shares     Par Value
   Common..........................................None00,000,000
   Preferred.......................................None...   5,000,000

   There are no present plans,  understandings,  arrangements or discussions for
the issuance of the  additional  shares of Common Sock or  Preferred  Stock that
would be authorized by the amendment.

   The Board of Directors  recommends that stockholders vote "FOR" the foregoing
amendment to the Company's  Certificate of  incorporation to increase the number
of authorized shares of Common Stock from 15,000,000 to 100,000,000.

                              MISCELLANEOUS

Revocation of Proxies

   If  the  Annual  Meeting  is  adjourned,   for  whatever  reason,  the  Three
Shareholders  Matters shall be considered and voted upon by  shareholders at the
subsequent "adjourned or postponed meeting", if any.

   You may revoke your proxy at any time prior to its exercise by attending  the
Annual Meeting and voting in person,  although  attendance at the Annual Meeting
will not in and of itself constitute  revocation of a proxy, by giving notice of
revocation  of your  proxy at the Annual  Meeting,  or by  delivering  a written
notice of  revocation  or a duly  executed  proxy  relating to the matters to be
considered  at the Annual  Meeting and bearing a later date to the  Secretary of
the Company at 16818 Marquardt Avenue, Cerritos, CA 90703. Unless revoked in the
manner set forth above, proxies on the form enclosed will be voted at the Annual
Meeting in accordance with your instructions.




<PAGE>



Additional Available Information

   The  Company  is  subject  to the  informational  filing  requirement  of the
Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and in
accordance therewith,  the Company files periodic reports,  proxy statements and
other  information  with the  Commission  under the Exchange Act relating to its
business,  financial  condition  and other  matters.  The Company is required to
disclose in such proxy statements  certain  information as of particular  dates,
concerning the Company's  directors and officers,  their  remuneration,  options
granted to them,  the  principal  holders of the  Company's  Securities  and any
material  interests  of such  persons in  transactions  with the  Company.  Such
reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  may  be  inspected  at the
Commission's office at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549. Copies
may be obtained on payment of the Commission's  customary fees by writing to its
principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549.

Other Matters

   The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  does not  intend to bring any other
matters before the Annual Meeting and does not know of any other matter that may
be brought before the Annual Meeting.

            STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 1996 ANNUAL MEETING

   The date by which stockholder  proposals for inclusion in the proxy materials
relating  to the next  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  must be received by the
Company at its principal executive offices,  Attention:  James T.K. Lu, Chairman
of the Board, 16818 Marquardt Avenue, Cerritos, CA 90703, By October 1, 1996.

                                       By Order of the Board of Directors

                                       of Diamond Entertainment Corporation

                                       James Lu, Chairman of the Board/Chief
                                       Executive Officer/President and Secretary



<PAGE>



                   DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
                         16818 MARQUARDT AVENUE
                       CERRITOS, CALIFORNIA 90703

                             June 25, 1996

Dear Diamond Entertainment Corporation Shareholder:

   You are cordially invited to attend the annual meeting (the "Annual Meeting")
of  the  shareholders  of  Diamond  Entertainment   Corporation,  a  New  Jersey
corporation  (the  "Company")  to be held on July 31, 1996 at 3:00 P. M.,  local
time , at the  offices of Diamond  Entertainment  Corporation,  16818  Marquardt
Avenue, Cerritos,  California 90703. At the Annual Meeting, you will be asked to
consider and vote upon (I) the election of the one (1) Class 1 directors and two
(2) Class 2 directors to the Board of Directors of the Company for term of three
years; (II) the ratification of Mortenson & Associates, P. C. as the independent
certified  public  accountants  of  the  Company;  (III)  the  increase  of  the
authorized  common stock of the Company from 15,000,000  shares of common stock,
no par value  ("Common  Stock"),  to  100,000,000  shares:  and (IV) such  other
business  as may  properly  come before the Annual  Meeting or any  adjournments
thereof. Shareholders may abstain from voting by making the appropriate boxes on
the enclosed Proxy.  Abstentions  shall be counted  separately and shall be used
for purpose of calculating a quorum.

   It is  important  that your  shares of capital  stock be  represented  at the
meeting.  We therefore ask that you promptly sign,  date and return the enclosed
Proxy regardless of the number of shares of capital stock which you own.

   Time will be set aside  during the  meeting to discuss  each item of business
describe in the Proxy Statement and for other questions relating to the Company.
Representative members of management will be on hand for this purpose, including
a representative from the auditor.

   Accompanying the Proxy Materials is the Company's Annual Report filed on Form
10-K,  as  amended,  for the year  ended  March  31,  1995.  I hope you take the
opportunity to review the enclosed Proxy Materials and Annual Report.

   I look forward to seeing you at the Annual Meeting.


Very truly yours,


James Lu
Chairman of the Board of Directors




<PAGE>



                   DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
   THIS PROXY IS BEING SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
PLEASE CLEARLY INDICATE A RESPONSE BY CHECKING EITHER THE PROXY (THE "PROXY")
[FOR] OR [AGAINST] BOX NEXT TO EACH OF THE THREE (3) PROPOSALS

   The undersigned hereby appoint(s) Mr. James Lu with the power of substitution
and  resubstitution  to vote any and all  shares  of  capital  stock of  Diamond
Entertainment  Corporation  (the  "Company")  which  the  undersigned  would  be
entitled to vote as fully as the undersigned  could do if personally  present at
the Annual  Meeting of the Company,  to be held on July 31,  1996,  at 3:00 P.M.
local time, and at any adjournments thereof, hereby revoking an prior proxies to
vote said stock,  upon the following items more fully described in the notice of
any  proxy  statement  for the  Annual  Meeting  (receipt  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged):

1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
   VOTE

ALL nominees listed below EXCEPT as marked to the contrary below

o. FOR WITHHOLD AUTHORITY to vote for ALL nominees listed below
      (INSTRUCTION:  To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee 
       strike a line through the nominee's
      name below.)

    Jeff Schillen (Class 1)James Lu (Class 2)Murray Scott (Class 2)

2.    RATIFY APPOINTMENT

o. FOR Mortenson & Associates, P.C.
o. AGAINST

o. ABSTAIN

3.    INCREASE OF AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK

o. FOR Increase
o. AGAINST

o. ABSTAIN




<PAGE>






      THIS PROXY WILL VOTED AS SPECIFIED ABOVE; UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THIS
PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR THE ELECTION OF THE FIVE (5)  NOMINEES  NAMED IN ITEM 1,
THE  APPOINTMENT  OF MORTENSON &  ASSOCIATES,  P.C. AS AUDITOR IN ITEM 2 AND THE
INCREASE OF AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK IN ITEM 3.

      In his  discretion,  the  Proxy is  authorized  to vote  upon  such  other
business as may properly come before the meeting.

      Please  mark,   sign  date  and  return  this  Proxy  promptly  using  the
accompanying postage pre-paid envelope. THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION.



                                          Date:_________________________, 1996


                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Signature


                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Signature if jointly owned:


                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Print Name:

Please sign exactly as the name appears on your stock  certificate.  When shares
of capital stock are held by joint  tenants,  both should sign.  When signing as
attorney,  executor,  administrator,  trustee,  guardian,  or corporate officer,
please include full title as such. If the shares of capital stock are owned by a
corporation,  sign in the full corporate name by an authorized  officer.  If the
shares of  capital  stock are  owned by a  partnership,  sign in the name of the
partnership by an authorized officer.

PLEASE MARK, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE




<PAGE>



                                      Form 10-Q

                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                               Washington, D.C.  20549


(X) QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended            September 30, 1995
                               -----------------------------

                                         OR

(_) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to

For Quarter Ended                   Commission File Number        0-17953

                          DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        New Jersey                                 22-2748019
(State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

3961 Miraloma Avenue, Anaheim, California                         92806
 (Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code (714) 693-3399


(Former  name,  former  address and former  fiscal year,  if changed  since last
report.)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                    Yes   X      No

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

        Class                             Outstanding as of October 31, 1995
 -----------------                        ----------------------------------

Common Stock, No Par Value                         12,894,941

Convertible Preferred Stock, No Par Value            483,251


<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


INDEX
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Part I:  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1: Financial Statements

        Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1995 and March 31, 1995 [Unau1ited]2

        Statements of Operations for the three months and six months
        ended September 30, 1995 and 1994 [Unaudited].............      3.....

        Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the six months ended September 30,
        1995 [Unaudited]..........................................      4

        Statements of Cash Flows for six months ended September 30, 1995
        and 1994 [Unaudited]......................................      5.....6

        Notes to Financial Statements [Unaudited].................      7.....11

Item 2: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
        and Results of Operations.................................      12....16

        Signature.................................................      17....





                            .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .


<PAGE>



Item 1:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

<S>                                                     <C>             <C> 

                                                         September 30,   March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 5

Assets:
Current Assets:
  Certificates of Deposit                                  $       --   $   600,000
  Accounts Receivable - Trade - Net                         1,966,360     3,184,349
  Inventory                                                 1,430,577     1,836,600
  Prepaid Expenses and Deposits                                47,279        33,732
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Assets                                      3,444,216     5,654,681
                                                           ----------   -----------

Property, Plant and Equipment:
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment                           846,530     2,040,550
  Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                             549,808       954,593
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Property, Plant and Equipment - Net                         296,722     1,085,957
                                                           ----------   -----------

Film Masters and Artwork                                    4,378,186     4,423,711

Less:  Accumulated Amortization                             3,851,230     3,741,290
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Film Masters and Artwork - Net                        526,956       682,421
                                                           ----------   -----------

Other Assets:
  Investment in ATRE                                           50,000        50,000
  Accounts Receivable - ATRE                                1,172,956     1,110,656
  Other Assets                                                    830            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Other Assets                                        1,223,786     1,160,656
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Assets                                             $5,491,680   $ 8,583,715
                                                           ==========   ===========


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

</TABLE>

                                         1

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


<S>                                                      <C>            <C>                                                     
                                                            September 30,  March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 5

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
Current Liabilities:
  Cash Overdraft                                           $   75,447   $   269,134
  Accounts Payable                                          1,772,845     3,354,875
  Notes Payable                                             1,024,402     4,150,205
  Lease Payable                                               135,746       143,316
  Royalties Payable                                           485,759       628,499
  Accrued Expenses                                            686,420       563,859
  Related Party Payable                                            --        40,537
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Liabilities                                 4,180,619     9,150,425
                                                           ----------   -----------

Long-Term Liabilities:
  Notes Payable                                               160,174       181,538
  Lease Payable                                                89,102       158,873
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Long-Term Liabilities                                 249,276       340,411
                                                           ----------   -----------

Commitments and Contingencies                                      --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
  Convertible  Preferred  Stock - No Par  Value,  1,000,000  Shares  Authorized,
   656,174  issued [of which 172,923 are held in Treasury] at September 30, 1995
   and 656,174 Issued [of which 26,269 are held in Treasury] and  Outstanding at
   March 31, 1995 376,593 376,593

  Common Stock - No Par Value, 15,000,000 Shares Authorized;
   12,894,941 and 2,143,710 Shares Issued and Outstanding at
   September 30, 1995 and March 31, 1995, Respectively      9,611,834     7,804,369

  Additional Paid-in Capital                               (1,410,231)   (1,410,231)

  Retained Earnings [Deficit]                              (7,342,608)   (7,539,852)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Totals                                                    1,235,588      (769,121)
  Less:Stock Subscriptions Receivable                        (125,000)     (125,000)
       Treasury Stock [Preferred] - At Cost                   (48,803)      (13,000)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]                      1,061,785      (907,121)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]     $5,491,680   $ 8,583,715
                                                           ==========   ===========


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                         2
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   Three months ended          Six months ended
                                      September 30,             September 30,
                                      -------------             -------------
                               1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4      1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                               -------       -------      -------       -------

Sales - Net                 $2,898,521   $ 4,171,517   $6,530,521   $ 6,754,785

Cost of Goods Sold            1,723,450     2,856,206    3,976,308     4,830,867
                             ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Gross Profit               1,175,071     1,315,311    2,554,213     1,923,918
                             ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

Operating Expenses:
  Selling Expenses             559,550       453,467    1,501,083       991,334
  General and Administrative    410,301     714,667      801,965     1,424,743
  Bad Debt Expense              10,000        30,000       18,493        80,000
                              ---------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Total Operating Expenses     979,851     1,198,134    2,321,541     2,496,077
                              ---------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Operating Income [Loss]      195,220       117,177      232,672      (572,159)
                              ---------   -----------   ----------   -----------

Other [Income] Expenses:
  Interest Expense              20,784       117,072      153,228       210,473
  Interest Income                  --       (19,383)    (117,800)      (67,623)
                              ---------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Total Other Expenses - Net     20,784        97,689       35,428       142,850
                               --------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Income [Loss] Before Taxes   74,436        19,488      197,244      (715,009)

Provision for Income Taxes         --            --           --            --
                               --------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Income [Loss]            174,436   $    19,488   $  197,244   $  (715,009)
                              ========   ===========   ==========   ===========

  Net Income [Loss] Per Share   $         .02.01$       .03(.21)
                                ================           ====

  Average Number of Shares
   Outstanding              11,142,023     3,372,035    6,608,702     3,397,497
                            ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         3

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [DEFICIT] [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>




                              Convertible                                                                  Total
                            Preferred Stock     Common Stock      AdditionalRetained   Stock             Stockholders'
                           Number of           Number of           Paid-in  EarningsSubscriptioTreasury    Equity
                            Shares     Amount   Shares   Amount    Capital   [DeficitReceivable Stock     [Deficit]
<S>                        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>    <C>

  Balance - March 31, 1995  629,905 $ 376,593 2,143,710 $7,804,369$(1,410,2$1)(7,539,$52)(125,0$0)(13,000$(907,121)

Preferred Stock Returned   (146,654)       --       --        --        --        --       --   (35,803)  (35,803)

Conversions of Debt to Equity    --        -- 10,751,2311,807,465       --        --       --        --  1,807,465

Net Income for the six months
  ended September 30, 1995       --        --       --        --        --   197,244       --        --   197,244
                           -------- --------- --------  --------  -------- --------- --------  --------  --------

  Balance - September 30, 1995
   [Unaudited]              483,251 $ 376,593 12,894,941$9,611,834$(1,410,2$1)(7,342,$08)(125,0$0)(48,803$1,061,785
                           ======== ========= =============================== ========== ======== =================


</TABLE>







The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         4

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                             Six months ended
                                                            September 30,
                                                          1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                                                           -------       -------

  Net Cash - Operating Activities                      $1,055,405   $   (59,267)
                                                       ----------   -----------

Investing Activities:
  Proceeds from Maturity of CD                            600,000            --
  Advances to ATRE                                        (62,300)      (81,321)
  Payment of Officers Loans Receivable                         --       (16,890)
  Employee Advances                                          (830)           --
  Capital Expenditures                                    (47,846)      (63,731)
  Masters and Artwork Expenditures                       (167,030)     (182,869)
  Advances from ATRE                                           --        56,750
                                                        ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities                        321,994      (288,061)
                                                        ----------   -----------

Financing Activities:
  Purchase of Treasury Stock                             (35,803)      (13,000)
  Proceeds from Notes Payable                           3,762,343     4,394,865
  Payments of Notes Payable                            (5,102,045)   (3,913,417)
  Payment of Lease Payable                                (77,341)      (59,499)
  Cash Overdraft                                           75,447       192,457
                                                        ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Financing Activities                      (1,377,399)      601,406
                                                       ----------   -----------

  Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents                    --       254,078

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Periods            --      (254,078)
                                                      ----------   -----------

  Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Periods           $       --   $        --
                                                       ==========   ===========

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                                          $  153,228   $   210,473
     Income Taxes                                      $       --   $        --


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                         5

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
   On April 13, 1995, the Company's former President  surrendered his employment
contract and returned  146,654 shares of the Company's  preferred  stock back to
the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with a carrying value of approximately
$170,000 was  transferred  from the Company and the Company's  former  President
assumed all remaining obligations on these assets of approximately $75,000.

   On May 8,  1995,  the  Company  closed  the  sales  agreement  with a Mexican
company,  Central  Video,  for  $750,000 by  allowing  credit to the Company for
future  duplication  services.  The  Company  is  receiving  $750,000  of future
duplication   services  and  is  giving  up  equipment  with  a  book  value  of
approximately $630,000.

   In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling  $1,131,434 were assigned to
the Company's Chief Executive Officer. In July of 1995,  8,212,785 shares of the
Company's common stock were issued for this obligation.

   Pursuant to the June 15, 1995  assignment  of debt  agreement,  the Company's
$676,031  obligation to its former  underwriter was purchased by an unaffiliated
Company. On July 19, 1995, an agreement was reached to issue 2,538,446 shares of
the Company's common stock for this obligation.






The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                         6

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[1]  Basis of Presentation

The accompanying  unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles for interim financial
information and with the  instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation
S-X.  Accordingly,  they do not include  all of the  information  and  footnotes
required by generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for complete  financial
statements.  In the opinion of the  management of the Company,  all  adjustments
consisting of normal recurring  adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of
financial  position,  results  of  operations  and cash flows for the six months
ended September 30, 1995 and 1994, have been made. The results of operations for
any interim  period are not  necessarily  indicative of the results for the full
year. These condensed  financial  statements  should be read in conjunction with
the financial  statements  and notes  thereto  contained in the annual report on
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1995.

[2] Inventories

Inventories consist of:
                                          September 30,March 31,
                                             1 9 9 5     1 9 9 5

Raw Materials                             $  287,087  $  484,206
Work-In Process                                  652       2,261
Finished Goods                             1,142,838   1,350,133
                                          ----------  ----------

  Totals                                  $1,430,577  $1,836,600
  ------                                  ==========  ==========

[3] Notes Payable

                                          September  3 0,  1 9 9 5
                                ----------------------------------

     Type of Loan                Amount     Current   Long-Term   Rate

Bank Line of Credit (A)        $      --  $      --   $      --  Prime +2%
Former Underwriter Loan (B)           --         --          --     10%
Line of Credit - Private Investor (C) --         --          --     12%
Equipment Loan (D)               201,864     41,690     160,174     10%
Line of Credit (E)               897,712    897,712          --     15%
Line of Credit (F)                85,000     85,000          --     18%
                               ---------  ---------   ---------

  Totals                       $1,184,576 $1,024,402  $ 160,174
  ------                       ========== ==========  =========

[A] Bank Line of Credit - As of March 31, 1995, the Company had not been granted
an  extension  beyond its  extended due date of February 28, 1995 and was not in
compliance  with  various  financial  requirements  under  the  line of  credit.
Therefore, this debt was classified as a current liability. The banks prime rate
at March 31, 1995 was 9.5%.

The certificates of deposit,  the accounts receivable and inventory were pledged
as collateral against the bank loans of $1,598,973 at March 31, 1995.

On July 14, 1995, the Company paid off the bank line of credit in its entirety.



                                        7

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[3] Notes Payable [Continued]

[B] Former  Underwriter Loan - On July 15, 1992, the Company signed a promissory
note for $510,000 with a former Underwriter.  The interest rate for the note was
ten [10%] percent per annum. The former  Underwriter  received a total of 25,500
shares of common stock purchase  warrants  exercisable  at $15 per share,  for a
term of three [3] years in  consideration  for the entire amount.  On August 28,
1992,  the former  Underwriter  voluntarily  surrendered  to the  Company  these
warrants and the warrants were canceled.  The total indebtedness of $676,031 was
due April 1, 1995.

Pursuant  to the June 15,  1995  assignment  of debt  agreement,  the  Company's
$676,031  obligation to its former  underwriter was purchased by an unaffiliated
Company. On July 19, 1995, an agreement was reached to issue 2,538,446 shares of
the Company's common stock for this obligation. The conversion is effectuated at
 .26 per share of common stock.  The market value at the time of  conversion  was
 .10 per share of common stock.

[C] Private Investor - Line of Credit - On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained
two lines of credit  from a private  investor.  Interest  is 12% per  annum.  As
additional  consideration for the line of credit,  the Company issued a total of
25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or
before August 12, 1997.  The lines of credit are  collateralized  by (i) a first
security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in certain  accounts  receivable,
inventory, and equipment and (ii) a security interest in the Company's shares of
ATRE.  These  loans are  personally  guaranteed  by two of the  officers  of the
Company.  On October 27, 1993, the Company was granted an extension on the total
indebtedness  of $752,042 to the private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from
the net proceeds of a public offering, whichever was earlier. On March 31, 1995,
the Company owed a total of $812,455 of which $752,042 was principal and $60,413
was  accrued  interest  payable.  The  Company  was in  default on the due date,
however these obligations were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive Officer
in May 1995. In July 1995,  this  obligation of $752,042 was converted to shares
of common stock.

[D]  Equipment  Loan  - In  January  1991,  the  Company  entered  into  a  loan
transaction  with a vendor  for the  principal  sum of  $369,633  payable  in 24
consecutive equal monthly installments of $17,747 at an interest rate of 14% per
annum commencing  February 15, 1991. This loan was renegotiated in December 1991
for the  principal  sum of $301,657 and calls for 30  consecutive  equal monthly
installments of $11,618 at a reduced interest rate of 11.5% per annum commencing
January 15, 1992. This loan was renegotiated in March 1993 for the principal sum
of  $292,058.12  and calls for a payment in the amount of $5,000 per month until
full payment has been completed. The balance due at March 31, 1995 and September
30, 1995 was $221,203 and $201,864, respectively.

[E] Line of Credit - On August 19, 1992, the Company  renewed the revolving line
of credit with an investor.  The revolving line of credit is for up to a maximum
of $600,000  with a commitment  to borrow a minimum of  $2,000,000  during a one
year period.  This loan is made in amounts  which is equal to 70% of the pledged
invoice's  amount and it is secured by (i) a first security  interest in certain
accounts receivable from two specific customers,  (ii) personally  guaranteed by
two of the officers of the Company.  Repayment is to be made upon receipt of any
payment of pledged invoice,  115% of the amount borrowed. On June 20, 1995, this
percentage was reduced to 111% and on September 1, 1995, was further  reduced to
109% if  repayment is made within 90 days,  106% if within 60 days,  and 103% if
within 30 days.  As of March 31, 1995 and September  30, 1995,  the  outstanding
loan balances were $968,494 and $897,712, respectively.

                                        8

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[3] Notes Payable [Continued]

[F] Line of Credit - On November 10, 1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional
revolving  line of credit up to a  maximum  of  $400,000  from  another  private
investor.  This loan is made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoices
amount and is secured by (i) a first  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable
from five specific customers,  (ii) personal guarantee by two of the officers of
the Company.  As of March 31, 1994, the Company owed $414,475  including accrued
loan fee of 7.25% from pledged invoice  amounts.  Interest rate shall be 18% per
annum for  repayment not made within 90 days. As of March 31, 1995 and September
30, 1995, the Company owed $115,000 and $85,000, respectively.

All loans were subordinate to the bank's line of credit at March 31, 1995.

Following are the maturities of debt for each of the next five years:

1996                    $1,024,402
1997                        38,812
1998                        44,923
1999                        54,823
2000                        21,616
                        ----------

  Total                 $1,184,576

[4] Income Taxes

As of March 31, 1995, the Company had approximately  $7,700,000 in net operating
losses  expiring in various years ending 2009 that will be carried forward to be
utilized against future Company earnings.

Effective  April 1, 1993, the Company adopted FAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income
Taxes." The Company has a deferred tax asset of approximately $3,000,000 arising
from the net operating loss carry forward.  However, due to the uncertainty that
the Company will generate income in the future  sufficient to fully or partially
utilize these carryforwards,  an allowance of $3,000,000 has been established to
offset  this  asset.  The  effect of  adoption  on current  and prior  financial
statements is immaterial.

[5] Capital Stock

In July 1994,  the Company  entered  into a settlement  agreement  with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement agreement, the former
employee and director  returned 26,269 shares of convertible  preferred stock to
the Company.  The Company  assigned a value of $13,000 to these treasury  shares
based on fair value of the stock.

In May 1995,  the Company  entered  into a  settlement  agreement  with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement,  the former employee
and director  returned  146,654  shares of  convertible  preferred  stock to the
Company.  The Company assigned a value of $35,803 to these treasury shares based
on fair value of the stock.

[6] Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share are based on the  weighted  average  number of common  shares
outstanding  as restated to include the number of shares  issued in the business
combination  with TAV reflecting  conversion for a preferred share of stock into
1.95 shares of common  stock.  The weighted  average  number of shares have been
adjusted  for all  periods to reflect  the  one-for-twenty  reverse  stock split
effected on July 2, 1993.

                                        9

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[7] Litigation

The  Company  has been named as  defendant  and  co-defendant  in various  legal
actions filed against the Company in the normal course of business.  The Company
believes that it has adequate  legal  defenses and intends to vigorously  defend
itself in these actions. The Company believes after consulting with counsel that
an adverse  decision in any one lawsuit would not have a material adverse impact
on the  Company,  however,  the  aggregate  affect of an adverse  decision  in a
majority of the lawsuits outstanding could have a material adverse impact on the
Company.

On May 12, 1993, the Company was named as a defendant in claim for a breach of a
license agreement along with infringement on the licensor's patent and trademark
rights and  failure to pay  royalties  pursuant to the  license  agreement.  The
complaint was settled for $400,000, which was charged to fiscal 1994 operations.

[8] Going Concern

The Company's  financial  statements  are prepared in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles,  which contemplates  continuation of the Company
as a going  concern.  The  Company has  incurred  net losses for the years ended
March  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993 of  $1,958,468,  $3,371,116  and  $1,601,353,
respectively.  The Company has also  encountered  difficulties in complying with
financial  requirements  under its bank line of credit and has been experiencing
difficulties  in paying its  vendors on a timely  basis.  These  factors  create
uncertainty  whether the Company can continue as a going concern.  The Company's
plans to  mitigate  the  effects  of the  uncertainties  are (i) the  successful
reduction of its operating  expenses in fiscal 1996 by  elimination  of its 1395
Manasero Street,  California  facility while still maintaining its sales volume,
(ii) to sell a parcel or all of 2 parcels of  property  owned by ATRE [50% owned
by the Co.] located in Vancouver,  WA, (iii) to further upgrade and increase its
products lines and thus reach a consistently  higher gross profit margin mix and
realize  profitability,  (iv) to pledge sales invoices  against the bank line of
credit and pay off the bank line of credit,  and seek another asset base lending
line of credit (v) to successfully  convert debt  obligations  into equity,  and
(vi) to negotiate  with several  reliable  investors to provide the Company with
additional working capital

Management believes that these plans can be effectively implemented for the year
ended March 31,  1996.  The Company  will  continue to seek  additional  interim
financing from private sources to  supplementary  support its cash needs for the
next  twelve  months  during  the  implementation  of  these  plans  to  achieve
profitability. The Company's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent
on the  implementation  and success of these plans. The financial  statements do
not include any  adjustments in the event the Company is unable to continue as a
going concern.

[9] New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996.  The FASB has also issued SFAS No.121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of". The Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.



                                       10

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[10] Stock Subscription Receivable

On December 20, 1994, the Board of Directors  revoked its June 23, 1994 election
to forgive a receivable due from its  shareholders  for  approximately  $866,000
relating to their  subscription  of shares of common stock of the  Company.  The
Board  resolved on December 20, 1994 that the Company  would reduce the price on
the unpaid  shares of stock to $.125 per share.  In March of 1995,  the  Company
forgave the accrued  interest  receivable of $205,342 on the stock  subscription
receivable.

[11]  Transfer of Custom Duplication Business

On April 13, 1995,  the Board of  Directors  approved the transfer of its custom
duplication  business.  Pursuant  to  this  transaction,  the  Company's  former
President surrendered his employment contract and returned 146,654 shares of the
Company's preferred stock back to the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with
a carrying value of approximately  $170,000 was transferred from the Company and
the Company's former President assumed all remaining obligations on these assets
of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a non compete  agreement with
this new custom duplication venture by the Company's former President.

[12] Sale of Multi Media Assets

On May 8, 1995, the Company closed the sales  agreement with a Mexican  company,
Central  Video,  for  $750,000  by  allowing  credit to the  Company  for future
duplication  services.  The  General  Manager  of  Central  Video is the  former
President  of  the  Company.   The  Company  is  receiving  $750,000  of  future
duplication   services  and  is  giving  up  equipment  with  a  book  value  of
approximately  $630,000. In addition,  Central Video entered into a sublease for
the remaining  thirteen  month lease.  The Company has  guaranteed the Company's
former  President a minimum of  $2,500,000 a year of  production  orders for the
next three years.  Central Video has agreed to provide a maximum of a $3,000,000
90 day credit line to the Company.  The Company has agreed to pay the  Company's
former  President  a 3%  commission  on orders the Company  places with  Central
Video.

[13] Proposed Sale of ATRE Real Estate Parcel

In May 1995,  the Company  entered into a sales  agreement for two acres of land
for approximately $940,000. The closing for these parcels of land is anticipated
to be December of 1995.

[14] New Lease

On June 27, 1995, the Company entered into a new lease for additional  warehouse
space for a monthly rental of $3,637, for six months.

[15] Debt Obligations Converted to Equity Conversion

In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling $1,131,434 were assigned to the
Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  This officer issued promissory notes to the
three  entities.  On July 19, 1995, the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company
converted the three debt obligations  totaling  $1,131,434 into 8,212,785 shares
of the Company's  common stock.  The  conversion is effectuated at a 38% premium
rate of .138  per  share  of  common  stock.  The  market  value  at the time of
conversion was .10 per share of common stock.


                            . . . . . . . . . . . . .

                                       11

<PAGE>



Item 2:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Six months ended September 30, 1995 compared with the six months ended September
30, 1994.

Results of Operations

The Company's  operating  income for the six months ended September 30, 1995 was
$232,672 as compared to an  operating  [loss] of  $(572,159)  for the six months
ended September 30, 1994. This  improvement of $804,831 was mainly  attributable
to a gross  profit  increase  of $630,295  resulting  from a decrease in cost of
sales.

The  Company's  sales for the six months ended  September 30, 1995 and 1994 were
$6,530,521  and  $6,754,785,  respectively.  Management  believes  it has a well
established  customer base,  including some of the nation's leading national and
regional  chain stores,  department  stores,  supermarkets  and similar types of
retail outlets. This customer base could provide a platform to grow its business
by  expanding  the number and variety of  products  sold  through  its  existing
channels,  as well  as  expand  them to new  customers,  both  domestically  and
overseas. Additionally,  management intends to expand its product offerings into
higher growth and higher  margin  business of CD-ROM  distribution,  through the
licensing  of family  entertainment  or  "Edu-tainment"  CD-ROM  titles,  either
individually  or on a bundled basis,  or through the  acquisition on an existing
distribution company focused on the distribution of these products.

At March 31,  1995,  the  Company's  business had two major  divisions.  A brief
description of these two divisions is as follows:

The Multi Media  Division sells products that are either owned by the Company or
licensed.  The customer base is  predominantly  retail  stores or  distributors.
Sales for the six months ended  September 30, 1995 for the Multi Media  Division
was  approximately  $6,400,000.  On May 8, 1995,  the Company  closed a $750,000
sales  agreement  with a Mexican  company  for  equipment  with a book  value of
approximately  $630,000 by allowing credit to the Company for future duplication
services.  The Company has guaranteed a minimum of $2,500,000 a year  production
orders for the next three  years.  The  Mexican  company has agreed to provide a
maximum $3,000,000 90 day credit line to the Company.

The Custom  Duplication  Division  sold mainly  custom  duplication  services to
companies that required video duplication,  packaging and fulfillment  services.
Sales for the six months  ended  September  30, 1995 for the Custom  Duplication
Division was approximately  $100,000.  On April 13, 1995, the Board of Directors
approved the transfer of its custom duplication business to the Company's former
President in order to  concentrate  and focus its  resources  to the  MultiMedia
Division.  Equipment with a book value of approximately $170,000 was transferred
from the Company and the Company's  former  President  assumed all the remaining
obligations on these assets of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a
non-compete  agreement with this new custom duplication venture by the Company's
former President.

Cost of sales  for the six  months  ended  September  30,  1995  and  1994  were
$3,976,308  and  $4,830,867  or  61%  and  72%  of  sales,  respectively.   This
improvement is the result of improved cost reduction.

Gross  profit  for the six  months  ended  September  30,  1995  and  1994  were
$2,554,213 and $1,923,918, or 39% and 28% of sales, respectively.  The Company's
gross profit increased by 11% as a percentage of sales, for the six months ended
September  30,  1995  as  compared  to  September  30,  1994.  Depreciation  and
amortization,  included  in the cost of goods  sold,  for the six  months  ended
September 30, 1995 and 1994 were $321,314 and $513,577, respectively.

                                       12

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION  AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Six months ended September 30, 1995 compared with the six months ended September
30, 1994.

Results of Operations [Continued]

Operating  expenses  for the six months ended  September  30, 1995 and 1994 were
$2,321,541 and $2,496,077, respectively.

Interest  expense  for the six  months  ended  September  30,  1995 and 1994 was
$153,228 and $210,473,  respectively.  As of September 30, 1995, the outstanding
bank debt was $-0-.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  working capital [deficit] at September 30, 1995 was $(736,403) as
compared with a working capital [deficit] of $(3,495,744) at March 31, 1995. The
improvement of  approximately  $2,800,000 is primarily the result of the Company
successfully   negotiating  current  debt  obligations  totaling   approximately
$1,400,000  into an equity  conversion in July of 1995 and the reduction of bank
debt by approximately $1,600,000.

Operations

For the six months ended  September 30, 1995, cash generated from operations was
$1,055,405  as compared to $59,267 of cash utilized for  operations  for the six
months ended  September 30, 1994. The Company  intends to utilize future debt or
equity  financing  or debt  to  equity  conversions  to help  satisfy  past  due
obligations and to pay down its debt obligations.

The Company has frequently  been unable to pay its  obligations  for merchandise
and services as they become due. The Company was not operating profitably and it
cannot be certain that it will earn sufficient profits in the foreseeable future
which would permit the Company to meet its anticipated  working capital needs. A
lack of working  capital has inhibited the Company's  ability to deliver orders.
Should the  Company  experience  continued  cash flow  deficiencies  and lack of
profitability, additional financing may be required.

Investing

Capital  expenditures and leases for the six months ended September 30, 1995 and
1994 were $47,846 and $63,731,  respectively.  For  September 30, 1995 and 1994,
investments  in masters and artwork were  $167,030 and  $182,869,  respectively.
Management continues to seek to acquire new titles to enhance its product lines.


                                       13

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Six months ended September 30, 1995 compared with the six months ended September
30, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

Financing

The Company has  reduced its bank line of credit to lower its  interest  burden.
The Company has realized an improved collection cycle of its accounts receivable
and has added  quality  and new  products  to its  video  library.  The  Company
believes  with an  injection  of capital,  the  Company  would be in an improved
financial position.  The Company anticipates  achieving improved bank financing,
sales growth and obtaining  profitability  to provide the means of financial and
operational  support for the next twelve months. If any of these factors are not
achieved,  adverse effects could result.  The Company believes that should these
adverse effects  materialize,  management will seek additional financing through
perhaps a private placement or vendor support in order to survive.  There can be
no guarantee that the Company will be successful in these efforts.

Management  intends  to  seek  additional  equity  financing  from  unaffiliated
individuals  in private  offerings  and to secure an  additional  line of credit
until  operations  generate a positive cash flow. If the Company is unsuccessful
in obtaining  additional equity or debt financing,  then the Company's liquidity
and capital resources could be adversely affected.

The Company has a 50% real estate  interest in ATRE. In May of 1995, the Company
entered into a sales agreement for two acres of land for approximately $940,000.
The closing for these parcels of land is anticipated to be December of 1995. The
Company  believes that the sales of additional ATRE parcels will be accomplished
in 1996 and 50% of the proceeds  will be utilized to repay the advances from the
Company in 1996 based upon the  Company's  percentage  of investment of 50%. The
Company is required by the partnership  agreement to make additional advances to
the ATRE  partnership in the next twelve months. A further delay in the sales of
these parcels will require  additional  capital  contributions to be made. These
additional  capital  contributions  by the Company and any further  delay in the
sales of these parcels will have a negative  impact on the  Company's  financial
position. Therefore, ATRE and the Company are seeking additional equity partners
to inject capital to be used for ATRE's short- and long-term needs.

The Company's  repayment with the bank's line of credit for the six months ended
September  30, 1995 was  approximately  $1,600,000.  On  November  4, 1994,  the
Company was granted an extension  from September 1, 1994 until February 28, 1995
on the bank line of credit.  The  Company  was not in  compliance  with  certain
financial  requirements  under the line of credit and had not  received a waiver
from the bank for its lack of compliance with certain  requirements.  The waiver
expired February 28, 1995.
In July of 1995, the Company paid this line of credit down to zero.

                                       14

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Six months ended September 30, 1995 compared with the six months ended September
30, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained two lines of credit totaling $1,205,035
from a private investor. The balance at March 31, 1995 of $812,455 was due April
1, 1995.  Interest was at 12% per annum.  As  additional  consideration  for the
lines of credit,  the  Company  issued a total of 25,000  warrants  to  purchase
25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or before August 12, 1997. The
lines  of  credit  will   terminate   upon   default  by  the  Company  and  are
collateralized  by (i) a first security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in
certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a  security
interest in the  Company's  shares of American Top Real Estate.  These loans are
personally  guaranteed by two of the officers of the Company. On March 31, 1995,
the  Company was in default on the due date,  however,  these  obligations  were
assigned to the Company's Chief  Executive  Officer in May 1995 and in July 1995
the Officer converted this obligation to the Company's common stock.

On November 6, 1992, the Company obtained an additional revolving line of credit
up to a maximum of $600,000 from another private investor.  This loan is made in
amounts  equal to 70% of the  pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured by (i) a
first  security  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of March 31, 1994, there were no loans  outstanding under this revolving line of
credit.  Repayment of 115% of the amount  borrowed is to be made upon receipt of
any payment of pledged  invoices.  However,  on June 20, 1995, this interest was
reduced  to 11%  and on  September  1,  1995  it was  further  reduced  to 9% if
repayment is made within 90 days,  and 6% within 60 days, and 3% within 30 days.
As of  September  30,  1995,  the Company  owed  $277,170  plus 11% interest and
$620,542 plus a maximum 9% interest.

On November 10,  1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional  revolving  line of
credit up to a maximum of $400,000 from another private  investor.  This loan is
made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured
by (i) a first  interest  in  certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of September 30, 1995, the Company owed $85,000  including  accrued loan fees of
7.25% from pledged  invoice  amounts.  Interest  rate shall be 18% per annum for
repayment not made within 90 days.

On June 20, 1995, the Company accepted an offer by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer to convert an  outstanding  obligation to him totaling  $1,131,434  into
8,212,785 shares of the Company's common stock. The conversion is effectuated at
a 38% premium  rate of .138 per share of common  stock.  The market value at the
time of conversion was .10 per share of common stock.

                                       15

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Six months ended September 30, 1995 compared with the six months ended September
30, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On August 12,  1992,  the  Company  obtained  two lines of credit from a private
investor. Interest is 12% per annum. As additional consideration for the line of
credit,  the Company issued a total of 25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares
of common  stock at $30 per share on or before  August  12,  1997.  The lines of
credit are  collateralized by (i) a first security interest  [subordinate to the
bank] in  certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a
security  interest in the Company's  shares of ATRE.  These loans are personally
guaranteed  by two of the  officers of the  Company.  On October 27,  1993,  the
Company  was granted an  extension  on the total  indebtedness  of $752,042 to a
private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from the net proceeds of the proposed
public  offering,  whichever was earlier.  On March 31, 1995, the Company owes a
total of  $812,455  of which  $752,042  is  principal  and  $60,413  is  accrued
interest.  The Company  was in default on the due date,  however in May of 1995,
these  obligations  were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  On
July 19, 1995, the officer agreed to convert this debt obligation into shares of
common stock.

New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996.  The FASB has also issued SFAS No.121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of". The Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996, however,  the Company
believes there will be no material impact to the financial statements.

Impact of Inflation

The Company  does not believe  that  inflation  had an impact on sales or income
during the past several years.  Increases in supplies or other  operating  costs
could adversely affect the Company's  operations;  however, the Company believes
it could  increase  prices to offset  increases  in costs of goods sold or other
operating costs.


                                       16

<PAGE>



SIGNATURE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereon duly authorized.



                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation





                                          s/s James K.T. Lu
                                          James K.T. Lu
                                          Chief Executive Officer, Secretary
                                          and Director
October 31, 1995


                                       17

<PAGE>



SIGNATURE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereon duly authorized.



                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation






                                          James K.T. Lu
                                          Chief Executive Officer, Secretary
                                          and Director
October 31, 1995

                                       17

<PAGE>



                                    Form 10-Q

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C.  20549


(X) QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended            June 30, 1995
                               ------------------------

                                       OR

(_) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to

For Quarter Ended June 30, 1995           Commission File Number  0-17953
                 -------------------                             --------

                        DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        New Jersey                                 22-2748019
(State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

3961 Miraloma Avenue, Anaheim, California                         92806
 (Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code (714) 693-3399


(Former  name,  former  address and former  fiscal year,  if changed  since last
report.)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                    Yes   X      No

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

        Class                             Outstanding as of August 12, 1995
 -----------------                        ---------------------------------

Common Stock, No Par Value                         12,894,941

Convertible Preferred Stock, No Par Value            483,251

                                       18

<PAGE>



Item 1:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>



<S>                                                       <C>           <C>
                                                            June 30,     March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 5

Assets:
Current Assets:
  Certificates of Deposit                                  $       --   $   600,000
  Accounts Receivable - Trade - Net                         2,495,849     3,184,349
  Inventory                                                 1,432,387     1,836,600
  Prepaid Expenses and Deposits                                37,398        33,732
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Assets                                      3,965,634     5,654,681
                                                           ----------   -----------

Property, Plant and Equipment:
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment                           828,889     2,040,550
  Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                             532,716       954,593
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Property, Plant and Equipment - Net                         296,173     1,085,957
                                                           ----------   -----------

Film Masters and Artwork                                    4,444,381     4,423,711

Less:  Accumulated Amortization                             3,920,606     3,741,290
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Film Masters and Artwork - Net                        523,775       682,421
                                                           ----------   -----------

Other Assets:
  Investment in ATRE                                           50,000        50,000
  Accounts Receivable - ATRE                                1,157,956     1,110,656
  Other Assets                                                  3,345            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Other Assets                                        1,211,301     1,160,656
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Assets                                             $5,996,883   $ 8,583,715
                                                           ==========   ===========


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                               1

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                            June 30,     March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 5

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
Current Liabilities:
  Cash Overdraft                                           $  734,604   $   269,134
  Accounts Payable                                          1,915,075     3,354,875
  Notes Payable                                             1,423,464     4,150,205
  Lease Payable                                               105,117       143,316
  Royalties Payable                                           505,800       628,499
  Accrued Expenses                                            130,184       563,859
  Related Party Payable                                       404,024        40,537
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Liabilities                                 5,218,268     9,150,425
                                                           ----------   -----------

Long-Term Liabilities:
  Notes Payable                                             1,609,611       181,538
  Lease Payable                                                89,120       158,873
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Long-Term Liabilities                               1,698,731       340,411
                                                           ----------   -----------

Commitments and Contingencies                                      --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
  Convertible  Preferred  Stock - No Par  Value,  1,000,000  Shares  Authorized,
   656,174  issued [of which  172,923 are held in Treasury] at June 30, 1995 and
   656,174 Issued and Outstanding at March 31, 1995 376,593 376,593

  Common Stock - No Par Value, 15,000,000 Shares Authorized;
   2,143,710 and 2,143,710 Shares Issued and Outstanding at
   June 30, 1995 and March 31, 1995, Respectively           7,804,369     7,804,369

  Additional Paid-in Capital                               (1,410,231)   (1,410,231)

  Retained Earnings [Deficit]                              (7,517,044)   (7,539,852)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Totals                                                     (746,313)     (769,121)
  Less:Stock Subscriptions Receivable                        (125,000)     (125,000)
       Treasury Stock [Preferred] - At Cost                   (48,803)      (13,000)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]                       (920,116)     (907,121)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]     $5,996,883   $ 8,583,715
                                                           ==========   ===========



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

</TABLE>

                                         2

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                              Three months ended
                                                                   June 30,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                                                             -------       -------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>  

Sales - Net                                                $3,632,000   $ 2,583,269

Cost of Goods Sold                                          2,252,858     1,974,661
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Gross Profit                                              1,379,142       608,608
                                                           ----------   -----------

Operating Expenses:
  Selling Expenses                                            941,533       537,868
  General and Administrative Expenses                         391,664       710,077
  Bad Debt Expense                                              8,493        50,000
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Operating Expenses                                  1,341,690     1,297,945
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Operating Income [Loss]                                      37,452      (689,337)
                                                           ----------   -----------

Other [Income] Expenses:
  Interest Expense                                            131,726        93,400
  Interest Income                                            (117,082)      (48,240)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Other Expenses - Net                                   14,644        45,160
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Income [Loss] Before Taxes                                   22,808      (734,497)

Provision for Income Taxes                                         --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Net Income [Loss]                                        $   22,808   $  (734,497)
                                                           ==========   ===========

  Net Income [Loss] Per Share                              $         .01$
                                                           ==============
  (.22)

  Average Number of Shares Outstanding                      3,086,049     3,372,025
                                                           ==========   ===========



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         3
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [DEFICIT] [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>




                              Convertible                                                                  Total
                            Preferred Stock     Common Stock      AdditionalRetained   Stock             Stockholders'
                           Number of           Number of           Paid-in  EarningsSubscriptioTreasury    Equity
                            Shares     Amount   Shares   Amount    Capital   [DeficitReceivable Stock     [Deficit]

<S>                        <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>    <C> 

  Balance - March 31, 1995  629,905 $ 376,593 2,143,710 $7,804,369$(1,410,2$1)(7,539,$52)(125,0$0)(13,000$(907,121)

Preferred Stock Returned   (146,654)       --       --        --        --        --       --   (35,803)  (35,803)

Net Income for the three months
  ended June 30, 1995            --        --       --        --        --    22,808       --        --    22,808
                           -------- --------- --------  --------  -------- --------- --------  --------  --------

  Balance - June 30, 1995
   [Unaudited]              483,251 $ 376,593 2,143,710 $7,804,369$(1,410,2$1)(7,517,$44)(125,0$0)(48,803$920,116
                           ======== ========= ========= ===================== ========== ======== ===============




</TABLE>








The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         4

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

                                                              Three months ended
                                                                   June 30,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                                                             -------       -------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C> 

  Net Cash - Operating Activities                          $   99,850   $   318,477
                                                           ----------   -----------

Investing Activities:
  Proceeds from Maturity of CD                                600,000            --
  Advances to ATRE                                            (47,300)      (81,321)
  Payment of Officers Loans Receivable                             --       (10,549)
  Employee Advances                                            (3,345)           --
  Capital Expenditures                                        (20,904)      (65,682)
  Masters and Artwork                                         (35,286)      (50,178)
  Sale of Fixed Assets                                          4,000            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities                             497,165      (207,730)
                                                           ----------   -----------

Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from Notes Payable                                      --     2,572,786
  Payments of Notes Payable                                (1,298,667)   (2,543,207)
  Payment of Lease Payable                                    (32,952)      (20,384)
  Cash Overdraft                                              734,604       134,136
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Financing Activities                            (597,015)      143,331
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Net [Decrease] Increase in Cash and
   Cash Equivalents                                                --       254,078

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Years                     --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Years                 $       --   $   254,078
                                                           ==========   ===========

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                                              $  121,000   $    67,148
     Income Taxes                                          $       --   $        --
</TABLE>

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
  Pursuant to the June 15, 1995  assignment  of debt  agreement,  the  Company's
$676,031  obligation to its former  underwriter was purchased by an unaffiliated
Company. On July 19, 1995, an agreement was reached to issue 2,538,446 shares of
the Company's common stock for this obligation.

  On April 13, 1995, the Company's former  President  surrendered his employment
contract and returned  146,654 shares of the Company's  preferred  stock back to
the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with a carrying value of approximately
$170,000 was  transferred  from the Company and the Company's  former  President
assumed all remaining obligations on these assets of approximately $75,000.

  On May 8, 1995, the Company closed the sales agreement with a Mexican company,
Central  Video,  for  $750,000  by  allowing  credit to the  Company  for future
duplication  services.  The Company is receiving  $750,000 of future duplication
services and is giving up equipment with a book value of approximately $630,000.

In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling $1,131,434 were assigned to the
Company's  Chief Executive  Officer.  In July of 1995,  8,212,785  shares of the
Company's common stock were issued for this obligation.

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                         5

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[1]  Basis of Presentation

The accompanying  unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles for interim financial
information and with the  instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation
S-X.  Accordingly,  they do not include  all of the  information  and  footnotes
required by generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for complete  financial
statements.  In the opinion of the  management of the Company,  all  adjustments
consisting of normal recurring  adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of
financial  position,  results of operations  and cash flows for the three months
ended June 30, 1995 and 1994,  have been made. The results of operations for any
interim period are not necessarily  indicative of the results for the full year.
These  condensed  financial  statements  should be read in conjunction  with the
financial  statements  and notes thereto  contained in the annual report on Form
10-K for the year ended March 31, 1995.

[2] Inventories

Inventories consist of:
                                             June 30,  March 31,
                                             1 9 9 5     1 9 9 5

Raw Materials                             $  412,964  $  484,206
Work-In Process                                   --       2,261
Finished Goods                             1,019,423   1,350,133
                                          ----------  ----------

  Totals                                  $1,432,387  $1,836,600
  ------                                  ==========  ==========

[3] Notes Payable

                                      J u n e  3 0,  1 9 9 5
                                ----------------------------

     Type of Loan                Amount   Current Long-Term Rate

Bank Line of Credit (A)         $954,674 $954,674 $    --  Prime +2%
Former Underwriter Loan (B)     676,031       --  676,031     10%
Line of Credit - Private Investor (C)    752,042  --        752,042 12%
Equipment Loan (D)              218,046   36,508  181,538     10%
Line of Credit (E)              347,283  347,283       --     15%
Line of Credit (F)               85,000   85,000       --     18%
                                -------  -------  -------

  Totals                        $3,033,07$1,423,46$1,609,611

[A] Bank Line of Credit - As of March 31, 1995, the Company had not been granted
an  extension  beyond its  extended due date of February 28, 1995 and was not in
compliance  with  various  financial  requirements  under  the  line of  credit.
Therefore, this debt was classified as a current liability. The banks prime rate
at March 31, 1995 and June 30, 1995 was 9.5%.

The certificates of deposit,  the accounts  receivable and inventory are pledged
as  collateral  against the bank loans of  $1,598,973  and $954,674 at March 31,
1995 and June 30, 1995, respectively.

In May 1995, the Company reached an agreement with the bank to pledge $1,300,000
of sales  invoices  to offset the  remaining  bank  liability  of  approximately
$940,000.



                                        6

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[3] Notes Payable [Continued]

[A] Bank Line of Credit  [Continued] - The notes are secured by personal  assets
of two of the Company's officers who have also given personal guarantees.

Pursuant  to its  agreement  with the bank,  the Company  maintains  keyman life
insurance  on the  president  of the  Company  and  has  named  the  bank as the
beneficiary of this policy.

[B] Former  Underwriter Loan - On July 15, 1992, the Company signed a promissory
note for $510,000 with a former Underwriter.  The interest rate for the note was
ten [10%] percent per annum. The former  Underwriter  received a total of 25,500
shares of common stock purchase  warrants  exercisable  at $15 per share,  for a
term of three [3] years in  consideration  for the entire amount.  On August 28,
1992,  the former  Underwriter  voluntarily  surrendered  to the  Company  these
warrants and the warrants were canceled.  The total indebtedness of $676,031 was
due April 1, 1995.

Pursuant  to the June 15,  1995  assignment  of debt  agreement,  the  Company's
$676,031  obligation to its former  underwriter was purchased by an unaffiliated
Company. On July 19, 1995, an agreement was reached to issue 2,538,446 shares of
the Company's common stock for this obligation. The conversion is effectuated at
 .26 per share of common stock.  The market value at the time of  conversion  was
 .10 per share of common stock.  This obligation of $676,031 at June 30, 1995 was
classified  as a long-term  liability due to the  subsequent  conversion of this
debt to shares of common stock in July of 1995.

[C] Private Investor - Line of Credit - On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained
two lines of credit  from a private  investor.  Interest  is 12% per  annum.  As
additional  consideration for the line of credit,  the Company issued a total of
25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or
before August 12, 1997.  The lines of credit are  collateralized  by (i) a first
security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in certain  accounts  receivable,
inventory, and equipment and (ii) a security interest in the Company's shares of
ATRE.  These  loans are  personally  guaranteed  by two of the  officers  of the
Company.  On October 27, 1993, the Company was granted an extension on the total
indebtedness  of $752,042 to the private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from
the net proceeds of a public offering, whichever was earlier. On March 31, 1995,
the Company owed a total of $812,455 of which $752,042 was principal and $60,413
was  accrued  interest  payable.  The  Company  was in  default on the due date,
however these obligations were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive Officer
in May 1995.  In July 1995,  this  obligation  of $752,042 was  classified  as a
long-term liability due to the subsequent conversion of debt to shares of common
stock in July of 1995.

[D]  Equipment  Loan  - In  January  1991,  the  Company  entered  into  a  loan
transaction  with a vendor  for the  principal  sum of  $369,633  payable  in 24
consecutive equal monthly installments of $17,747 at an interest rate of 14% per
annum commencing  February 15, 1991. This loan was renegotiated in December 1991
for the  principal  sum of $301,657 and calls for 30  consecutive  equal monthly
installments of $11,618 at a reduced interest rate of 11.5% per annum commencing
January 15, 1992. This loan was renegotiated in March 1993 for the principal sum
of  $292,058.12  and calls for a payment in the amount of $5,000 per month until
full payment has been completed.  The balance due at March 31, 1995 and June 30,
1995 was $221,203 and $218,046, respectively.

[E] Line of Credit - On August 19, 1992, the Company  renewed the revolving line
of credit with an investor.  The revolving line of credit is for up to a maximum
of $600,000  with a commitment  to borrow a minimum of  $2,000,000  during a one
year period.  This loan is made in amounts  which is equal to 70% of the pledged
invoice's  amount and it is secured by (i) a first security  interest in certain
accounts receivable from two specific customers,  (ii) personally  guaranteed by
two of the officers of the Company.  Repayment is to be made upon receipt of any
payment of pledged invoice,  115% of the amount  borrowed.  As of March 31, 1995
and June 30, 1995,  the  outstanding  loan  balances were $968,494 and $347,283,
respectively.

                                        7

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[3] Notes Payable [Continued]

[F] Line of Credit - On November 10, 1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional
revolving  line of credit up to a  maximum  of  $400,000  from  another  private
investor.  This loan is made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoices
amount and is secured by (i) a first  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable
from five specific customers,  (ii) personal guarantee by two of the officers of
the Company.  As of March 31, 1994, the Company owed $414,475  including accrued
loan fee of 7.25% from pledged invoice  amounts.  Interest rate shall be 18% per
annum for  repayment  not made within 90 days. As of March 31, 1995 and June 30,
1995, the Company owed $115,000 and $85,000, respectively.

All loans are  subordinate  to the bank's  line of credit at March 31,  1995 and
June 30, 1995.

Following are the maturities of debt for each of the next five years  [inclusive
of the conversion of debt totaling $1,428,073 to common stock in July of 1995]:

1996                    $1,423,465
1997                        50,493
1998                        53,214
1999                        56,215
2000                        21,616
                        ----------

  Total                 $1,605,003

[4] Income Taxes

As of March 31, 1995, the Company had approximately  $7,700,000 in net operating
losses  expiring in various years ending 2009 that will be carried forward to be
utilized against future Company earnings.

Effective  April 1, 1993, the Company adopted FAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income
Taxes." The Company has a deferred tax asset of approximately $3,000,000 arising
from the net operating loss carry forward.  However, due to the uncertainty that
the Company will generate income in the future  sufficient to fully or partially
utilize these carry forwards, an allowance of $3,000,000 has been established to
offset  this  asset.  The  effect of  adoption  on current  and prior  financial
statements is immaterial.

[5] Capital Stock

In July 1994,  the Company  entered  into a settlement  agreement  with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement agreement, the former
employee and director  returned 26,269 shares of convertible  preferred stock to
the Company.  The Company  assigned a value of $13,000 to these treasury  shares
based on fair value of the stock.

In May 1995,  the Company  entered  into a  settlement  agreement  with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement,  the former employee
and director  returned  146,654  shares of  convertible  preferred  stock to the
Company.  The Company assigned a value of $35,803 to these treasury shares based
on fair value of the stock.

[6] Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share are based on the  weighted  average  number of common  shares
outstanding  as restated to include the number of shares  issued in the business
combination  with TAV reflecting  conversion for a preferred share of stock into
1.95 shares of common  stock.  The weighted  average  number of shares have been
adjusted  for all  periods to reflect  the  one-for-twenty  reverse  stock split
effected on July 2, 1993.  The effect of warrants  has not been  included as its
effect would be anti-dilutive.

                                        8

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[7] Litigation

The  Company  has been named as  defendant  and  co-defendant  in various  legal
actions filed against the Company in the normal course of business.  The Company
believes that it has adequate  legal  defenses and intends to vigorously  defend
itself in these actions. The Company believes after consulting with counsel that
an adverse  decision in any one lawsuit would not have a material adverse impact
on the  Company,  however,  the  aggregate  affect of an adverse  decision  in a
majority of the lawsuits outstanding could have a material adverse impact on the
Company.

On May 12, 1993, the Company was named as a defendant in claim for a breach of a
license agreement along with infringement on the licensor's patent and trademark
rights and  failure to pay  royalties  pursuant to the  license  agreement.  The
complaint was settled for $400,000, which was charged to fiscal 1994 operations.

[8] Going Concern

The Company's  financial  statements  are prepared in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles,  which contemplates  continuation of the Company
as a going  concern.  The  Company has  incurred  net losses for the years ended
March  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993 of  $1,958,468,  $3,371,116  and  $1,601,353,
respectively.  The Company has also  encountered  difficulties in complying with
financial  requirements  under its bank line of credit and has been experiencing
difficulties  in paying its  vendors on a timely  basis.  These  factors  create
uncertainty  whether the Company can continue as a going concern.  The Company's
plans to  mitigate  the  effects  of the  uncertainties  are (i) the  successful
reduction of its operating  expenses in fiscal 1996 by  elimination  of its 1395
Manasero Street,  California  facility while still maintaining its sales volume,
(ii) to sell a parcel or all of 2 parcels of  property  owned by ATRE [50% owned
by the Co.] located in Vancouver,  WA, (iii) to further upgrade and increase its
products lines and thus reach a consistently  higher gross profit margin mix and
realize  profitability,  (iv) to pledge sales invoices  against the bank line of
credit and pay off the bank line of credit,  and seek another asset base lending
line of credit (v) to successfully  convert debt  obligations  into equity,  and
(vi) to negotiate  with several  reliable  investors to provide the Company with
additional working capital

Management believes that these plans can be effectively implemented for the year
ended March 31,  1996.  The Company  will  continue to seek  additional  interim
financing from private sources to  supplementary  support its cash needs for the
next  twelve  months  during  the  implementation  of  these  plans  to  achieve
profitability. The Company's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent
on the  implementation  and success of these plans. The financial  statements do
not include any  adjustments in the event the Company is unable to continue as a
going concern.

[9] New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996.  The FASB has also issued SFAS No.121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of". The Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.



                                        9

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[10] Stock Subscription Receivable

On December 20, 1994, the Board of Directors  revoked its June 23, 1994 election
to forgive a receivable due from its  shareholders  for  approximately  $866,000
relating to their  subscription  of shares of common stock of the  Company.  The
Board  resolved on December 20, 1994 that the Company  would reduce the price on
the unpaid  shares of stock to $.125 per share.  In March of 1995,  the  Company
forgave the accrued  interest  receivable of $205,342 on the stock  subscription
receivable.

[11]  Spin-off of Custom Duplication Business

On April 13, 1995,  the Board of  Directors  approved the spin-off of its custom
duplication  business.  Pursuant  to  this  transaction,  the  Company's  former
President surrendered his employment contract and returned 146,654 shares of the
Company's preferred stock back to the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with
a carrying value of approximately  $170,000 was transferred from the Company and
the Company's former President assumed all remaining obligations on these assets
of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a non compete  agreement with
this new custom duplication venture by the Company's former President.

[12] Sale of Multi Media Assets

On May 8, 1995, the Company closed the sales  agreement with a Mexican  company,
Central  Video,  for  $750,000  by  allowing  credit to the  Company  for future
duplication services.  The President of Central Video is the former President of
the Company.  The Company is receiving $750,000 of future  duplication  services
and is giving up  equipment  with a book  value of  approximately  $630,000.  In
addition, Central Video entered into a sublease for the remaining thirteen month
lease.  The Company has guaranteed the Company's  former  President a minimum of
$2,500,000 a year of production  orders for the next three years.  Central Video
has  agreed to  provide a maximum  of a  $3,000,000  90 day  credit  line to the
Company.  The  Company  has agreed to pay the  Company's  former  President a 3%
commission on orders the Company places with Central Video.

[13] Partial Sale of ATRE Real Estate

In May 1995,  the Company  entered into a sales  agreement for two acres of land
for approximately $940,000. The closing for these parcels of land is anticipated
to be December of 1995.

[14] New Lease

On June 27, 1995, the Company entered into a new lease for additional  warehouse
space for a monthly rental of $3,637, for six months.

[15] Assignment and Assumption of Debt Obligations to Chief Executive Officer

In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling $1,131,434 were assigned to the
Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  This officer issued promissory notes to the
three entities [See Note 16A].

[16] Subsequent Events

[A] Equity  Conversions - On July 19, 1995, the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company  converted  three debt  obligations  totaling  $1,131,434 into 8,212,785
shares of the Company's  common stock.  The  conversion is  effectuated at a 38%
premium rate of .138 per share of common stock.  The market value at the time of
conversion was .10 per share of common stock.

                                       10

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[16] Subsequent Events [Continued]

[A] Continued - Pursuant to the June 15, 1995 assignment of debt agreement,  the
Company's  $676,031  obligation  to its former  underwriter  was purchased by an
unaffiliated  Company.  On July 19,  1995,  an  agreement  was  reached to issue
2,538,446  shares  of the  Company's  common  stock  for  this  obligation.  The
conversion is effectuated at .26 per share of common stock.  The market value at
the time of  conversion  was .10 per share of common stock.  This  obligation of
$676,031 at June 30, 1995 was  classified  as a long-term  liability  due to the
subsequent conversion of this debt to shares of common stock in July of 1995.

[B] Pro Forma Data - The following  summarized pro forma information assumes the
debt to equity  conversions  accepted  in July of 1995 took place as of June 30,
1995 [See Note 16].

                                           Historical Adjustments As Adjusted

Current Liabilities                       $5,218,268  $ (379,391) $ 4,838,877

Long-Term Liabilities                      1,698,731  (1,428,073)     270,658

Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]              (920,116)  1,807,464      887,348
                                          ----------  ----------  -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
   [Deficit]                              $5,996,883  $       --  $ 5,996,883
   ---------                              ==========  ==========  ===========





                    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .

                                       11

<PAGE>



Item 2:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Three months ended June 30, 1995  compared  with the three months ended June 30,
1994.

Results of Operations

The Company's  operating  income [loss] for the three months ended June 30, 1995
and 1994 were $37,452 and $(689,337),  respectively,  an improvement of $726,789
in 1995. This improvement was mainly  attributable to a gross profit increase of
approximately  $771,000  primarily  resulting  from the  increase in revenues of
approximately $1,100,000.

The  Company's  sales for the three  months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1994 were
$3,632,000 and $2,583,269, respectively. This reflects an increase of $1,048,731
or 41% from 1994.  Management  believes  this sales  increase was  primarily the
result of improved products and the realization of higher unit prices.

At March 31,  1995,  the  Company's  business had two major  divisions.  A brief
description of these two divisions is as follows:

The Multi Media  Division sells products that are either owned by the Company or
licensed.  The customer base is  predominantly  retail  stores or  distributors.
Sales for the three months ended June 30, 1995 for the Multi Media  Division was
approximately  $3,522,000.  On May 8, 1995,  the Company closed a $750,000 sales
agreement   with  a  Mexican   company  for  equipment  with  a  book  value  of
approximately  $630,000 by allowing credit to the Company for future duplication
services.  The Company has guaranteed a minimum of $2,500,000 a year  production
orders for the next three  years.  The  Mexican  company has agreed to provide a
maximum of a $3,000,000 90 day credit line to the Company.

The Custom  Duplication  Division  sells mainly custom  duplication  services to
companies that required video duplication,  packaging and fulfillment  services.
Sales  for the three  months  ended  June 30,  1995 for the  Custom  Duplication
Division was approximately  $110,000.  On April 13, 1995, the Board of Directors
approved the spin off of its custom duplication business to the Company's former
President. Equipment with a book value of approximately $170,000 was transferred
from the Company and the Company's  former  President  assumed all the remaining
obligations on these assets of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a
non-compete  agreement with this new custom duplication venture by the Company's
former President.

Cost of sales for the three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 were  $2,252,858
and $1,974,661 or 62% and 76% of sales,  respectively.  This  improvement is the
result of higher gross profit margins and improved cost reduction.

Gross profit for the three  months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 were  $1,379,142
and $608,608, or 38% and 24% of sales, respectively.  The Company's gross profit
increased by 14% as a percentage  of sales,  for the three months ended June 30,
1995 as compared to June 30, 1994.  Depreciation and  amortization,  included in
the cost of goods sold,  for the three  months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 were
$220,814 and $272,382, respectively.

                                       12

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Three months ended June 30, 1995  compared  with the three months ended June 30,
1994.

Results of Operations [Continued]

Operating  expenses  for the  three  months  ended  June 30,  1995 and 1994 were
$1,341,690 and $1,297,945, respectively.

Interest  expense for the three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 was $131,726
and $93,400,  respectively.  As of June 30, 1995, the outstanding  bank debt was
$954,674.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  working  capital  [deficit] at June 30, 1995 was  $(1,252,634) as
compared with a working capital [deficit] of $(3,495,744) at March 31, 1995. The
improvement of  approximately  $2,200,000 is primarily the result of the Company
successful  negotiating  current  debt  obligations  totaling  $1,428,073  to be
converted to equity in July of 1995.

Operations

For the  three  months  ended  June  30,  1995 and  1994,  cash  generated  from
operations  was  $99,850 and  $318,477,  respectively.  The  Company  intends to
utilize  future debt or equity  financing or debt to equity  conversions to help
satisfy past due obligations and to pay down its debt obligations.

The Company has frequently  been unable to pay its  obligations  for merchandise
and services as they become due. The Company was not operating profitably and it
cannot be certain that it will earn sufficient profits in the foreseeable future
which would permit the Company to meet its anticipated  working capital needs. A
lack of working  capital has inhibited the Company's  ability to deliver orders.
Should the Company  experience the continued cash flow  deficiencies and lack of
profitability, additional financing may be required.

Investing

Capital  expenditures  and leases for the three  months  ended June 30, 1995 and
1994  were  $20,904  and  $65,682,  respectively.  For June 30,  1995 and  1994,
investments  in masters and artwork  were  $35,286  and  $50,178,  respectively.
Management  believes it is necessary  to increase its licensed  products in both
classic movies and its standard video line for its Entertainment  Division.  The
Company believes it takes from nine months to one year after the purchase of the
masters  and  artwork  to  establish  and  penetrate  the  marketplace  with new
releases.


                                       13

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Three months ended June 30, 1995  compared  with the three months ended June 30,
1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

Financing

The Company has reduced its bank line of credit to lower its interest burden. In
May 1995, the Company reached an agreement with the bank to pledge $1,300,000 of
sales invoices to offset the remaining bank liability of approximately $940,000.
The Company has realized an improved collection cycle of its accounts receivable
and has added  quality  and new  products  to its  video  library.  The  Company
believes  with an  injection  of capital,  the  Company  would be in an improved
financial position.  The Company anticipates  achieving improved bank financing,
sales growth and obtaining  profitability  to provide the means of financial and
operational  support for the next twelve months. If any of these factors are not
achieved,  adverse effects could result.  The Company believes that should these
adverse effects  materialize,  management will seek additional financing through
perhaps a private placement or vendor support in order to survive.  There can be
no guarantee that the Company will be successful in these efforts.

Management  intends  to  seek  additional  equity  financing  from  unaffiliated
individuals  in private  offerings  and to secure an  additional  line of credit
until  operations  generate a positive cash flow. If the Company is unsuccessful
in obtaining  additional equity or debt financing,  then the Company's liquidity
and capital resources could be adversely affected.

The Company has a 50% interest in ATRE. In May of 1995, the Company entered into
a sales agreement for two acres of land for approximately  $940,000. The closing
for these  parcels of land is  anticipated  to be December of 1995.  The Company
believes that the sales of additional  ATRE parcels will be accomplished in 1996
and 50% of the proceeds will be utilized to repay the Company in 1996 based upon
the  Company's  percentage  of investment of 50%. The Company is required by the
partnership agreement to make additional advances to the ATRE partnership in the
next twelve  months.  A further delay in the sales of these parcels will require
additional   capital   contributions  to  be  made.  These  additional   capital
contributions by the Company and any further delay in the sales of these parcels
will have a negative impact on the Company's financial position. Therefore, ATRE
and the Company are seeking  additional  equity partners to inject capital to be
used for ATRE's short- and long-term needs.

The  Company's  repayment  with the bank's  line of credit for the three  months
ended June 30, 1995 was approximately $645,000. On November 4, 1994, the Company
was granted an extension  from  September 1, 1994 until February 28, 1995 on the
bank  line of  credit.  The  Company  had not been in  compliance  with  certain
financial  requirements  under the line of credit and had not  received a waiver
from the bank for its lack of compliance with certain  requirements.  The waiver
expired February 28, 1995. The Company pledged invoices  totaling  $1,313,000 in
May 1995.  As of August  20,  1995,  the  Company  owed no money on this line of
credit.

                                       14

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Three months ended June 30, 1995  compared  with the three months ended June 30,
1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained two lines of credit totaling $1,205,035
from a private investor. The balance at March 31, 1995 of $812,455 was due April
1, 1995.  Interest was at 12% per annum.  As  additional  consideration  for the
lines of credit,  the  Company  issued a total of 25,000  warrants  to  purchase
25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or before August 12, 1997. The
lines  of  credit  will   terminate   upon   default  by  the  Company  and  are
collateralized  by (i) a first security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in
certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a  security
interest in the  Company's  shares of American Top Real Estate.  These loans are
personally  guaranteed by two of the officers of the Company. On March 31, 1995,
the  Company  was in default on the due date,  however  these  obligations  were
assigned to the Company's Chief  Executive  Officer in May 1995 and in July 1995
the Officer converted this obligation to the Company's common stock.

On November 6, 1992, the Company obtained an additional revolving line of credit
up to a maximum of $600,000 from another private investor.  This loan is made in
amounts  equal to 70% of the  pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured by (i) a
first  security  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of March 31, 1994, there were no loans  outstanding under this revolving line of
credit.  Repayment of 115% of the amount  borrowed is to be made upon receipt of
any payment of pledged invoices.  As of June 30, 1995, the Company owed $347,283
plus 15% interest.

On November 10,  1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional  revolving  line of
credit up to a maximum of $400,000 from another private  investor.  This loan is
made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured
by (i) a first  interest  in  certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of June 30, 1995, the Company owed $85,000  including accrued loan fees of 7.25%
from pledged invoice amounts. Interest rate shall be 18% per annum for repayment
not made within 90 days.

On June 20, 1995, the Company accepted an offer by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer to convert an  outstanding  obligation to him totaling  $1,131,434  into
8,212,785 shares of the Company's common stock. The conversion is effectuated at
a 38% premium  rate of .138 per share of common  stock.  The market value at the
time of conversion was .10 per share of common stock.

                                       15

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1995 compared with the year ended March 31, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On August 12,  1992,  the  Company  obtained  two lines of credit from a private
investor. Interest is 12% per annum. As additional consideration for the line of
credit,  the Company issued a total of 25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares
of common  stock at $30 per share on or before  August  12,  1997.  The lines of
credit are  collateralized by (i) a first security interest  [subordinate to the
bank] in  certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a
security  interest in the Company's  shares of ATRE.  These loans are personally
guaranteed  by two of the  officers of the  Company.  On October 27,  1993,  the
Company  was granted an  extension  on the total  indebtedness  of $752,042 to a
private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from the net proceeds of the proposed
public  offering,  whichever was earlier.  On March 31, 1995, the Company owes a
total of  $812,455  of which  $752,042  is  principal  and  $60,413  is  accrued
interest.  The Company  was in default on the due date,  however in May of 1995,
these  obligations  were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  On
July 19, 1995, the officer agreed to convert this debt obligation into shares of
common stock.

New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996.  The FASB has also issued SFAS No.121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of". The Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.

Impact of Inflation

The Company  does not believe  that  inflation  had an impact on sales or income
during the past several years.  Increases in supplies or other  operating  costs
could adversely affect the Company's  operations;  however, the Company believes
it could  increase  prices to offset  increases  in costs of goods sold or other
operating costs.


                                       16

<PAGE>



SIGNATURE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereon duly authorized.



                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation





                                          s/s James K.T. Lu
                                          James K.T. Lu
                                          Chief Executive Officer, Secretary
                                          and Director
August 24, 1995


                                       17

<PAGE>



SIGNATURE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereon duly authorized.



                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation






                                          James K.T. Lu
                                          Chief Executive Officer, Secretary
                                          and Director
August 24, 1995


                                       17

<PAGE>



                                    Form 10-Q

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C.  20549


(X) QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
        EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended            December 31, 1995
                               ----------------------------

                                       OR

(_) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
       EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to

For Quarter Ended                   Commission File Number        0-17953

                        DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

        New Jersey                                 22-2748019
(State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

16818 Marquardt Avenue, Cerritos, California                      90703
 (Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code (310) 921-3999

3961 Miraloma Avenue,  Anaheim California 92806 (Former name, former address and
former fiscal year, if changed since last report.)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the  registrant
was  required  to file such  reports),  and (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                    Yes   X      No

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

        Class                             Outstanding as of February 13, 1995
 -----------------                        -----------------------------------

Common Stock, No Par Value                         12,894,941

Convertible Preferred Stock, No Par Value            483,251

                                       18

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


INDEX
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Part I:  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1: Financial Statements

        Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1995 [Unaud1ted] 2

        Statements of Operations for the three months and nine months
        ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 [Unaudited]..............      3.....

        Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the nine months ended December 31,
        1995 [Unaudited]..........................................      4

        Statements of Cash Flows for nine months ended December 31, 1995
        and 1994 [Unaudited]......................................      5.....6

        Notes to Financial Statements [Unaudited].................      7.....12

Item 2: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
        and Results of Operations.................................      13....17

        Signature.................................................      18....





                          .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .

                                       19

<PAGE>



Item 1:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                         December 31,    March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 5
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>  

Assets:
Current Assets:
  Certificates of Deposit                                  $       --   $   600,000
  Accounts Receivable - Trade - Net                         1,102,750     3,184,349
  Accounts Receivable - Related Parties                        19,932            --
  Inventory                                                 1,491,416     1,836,600
  Prepaid Expenses and Deposits                                65,893        33,732
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Assets                                      2,679,991     5,654,681
                                                           ----------   -----------

Property, Plant and Equipment:
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment                           873,747     2,040,550
  Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                             568,430       954,593
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Property, Plant and Equipment - Net                         305,317     1,085,957
                                                           ----------   -----------

Film Masters and Artwork                                    4,442,832     4,423,711

Less:  Accumulated Amortization                             3,917,329     3,741,290
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Film Masters and Artwork - Net                        525,503       682,421
                                                           ----------   -----------

Other Assets:
  Investment in ATRE                                           50,000        50,000
  Accounts Receivable - ATRE                                1,163,481     1,110,656
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Other Assets                                        1,213,481     1,160,656
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Assets                                             $4,724,292   $ 8,583,715
                                                           ==========   ===========


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         1

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS
[UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                          December 31,   March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 5

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
Current Liabilities:
  Cash Overdraft                                           $   51,130   $   269,134
  Accounts Payable                                          2,328,822     3,354,875
  Notes Payable                                               776,395     4,150,205
  Lease Payable                                                91,965       143,316
  Royalties Payable                                            29,404       628,499
  Accrued Expenses                                            220,665       563,859
  Related Party Payable                                         4,259        40,537
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Liabilities                                 3,502,640     9,150,425
                                                           ----------   -----------

Long-Term Liabilities:
  Notes Payable                                               160,174       181,538
  Lease Payable                                                89,102       158,873
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Long-Term Liabilities                                 249,276       340,411
                                                           ----------   -----------

Commitments and Contingencies                                      --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]
  Convertible  Preferred  Stock - No Par  Value,  1,000,000  Shares  Authorized,
   656,174  issued [of which  172,923 are held in Treasury] at December 31, 1995
   and 656,174 Issued [of which 26,269 are held in Treasury] and  Outstanding at
   March 31, 1995, Respectively376,593 376,593

  Common Stock - No Par Value, 15,000,000 Shares Authorized;
   12,894,941 and 2,143,710 Shares Issued and Outstanding at
   December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1995, Respectively       9,611,834     7,804,369

  Additional Paid-in Capital                               (1,410,231)   (1,410,231)

  Retained Earnings [Deficit]                              (7,432,017)   (7,539,852)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Totals                                                    1,146,179      (769,121)
  Less:Stock Subscriptions Receivable                        (125,000)     (125,000)
       Treasury Stock [Preferred] - At Cost                   (48,803)      (13,000)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]                        972,376      (907,121)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]     $4,724,292   $ 8,583,715
                                                           ==========   ===========



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


</TABLE>
                                         2

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
[UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                   Three months ended         Nine months ended
                                      December 31,              December 31,
                                      ------------              ------------
                                  1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4      1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                                  -------       -------      -------       -------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>   

Sales - Net                     $1,228,097   $ 2,922,026   $7,758,618   $ 9,676,811

Cost of Goods Sold                 724,995     1,750,110    4,701,303     6,580,977
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Gross Profit                     503,102     1,171,916    3,057,315     3,095,834
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

Operating Expenses:
  Selling Expenses                 419,809       529,574    1,920,892     1,520,908
  General and Administrative Expenses637,556     838,095    1,439,521     2,262,838
  Bad Debt Expense                  11,907        40,000       30,400       120,000
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Total Operating Expenses       1,069,272     1,407,669    3,390,813     3,903,746
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Operating [Loss] Income         (566,170)     (235,753)    (333,498)     (807,912)
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

Other [Income] Expenses:
  Interest Expense                  36,082        81,466      189,310       291,939
  Interest Income                     (423)      (20,499)     (10,519)      (88,122)
  Other Income                    (122,420)           --     (230,124)           --
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Total Other [Income] Expenses -
   Net                             (86,761)       60,967      (51,333)      203,817
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  [Loss] Income Before
   Extraordinary Item             (479,409)     (296,720)    (282,165)   (1,011,729)

Extraordinary Item [3G]            390,000            --      390,000            --
                                ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net [Loss] Income             $  (89,409)  $  (296,720)  $  107,835   $(1,011,729)
                                ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========

Net Income [Loss] Per Share:
  Before Extraordinary Item     $     (.03)  $      (.09)  $     (.02)  $
  (.33)
  Extraordinary Item                      .02         --             .03
                                ------------------------   -------------
  --

  Net Income [Loss] Per Share   $     (.01)  $      (.09)  $         .01$
                                ==========   ===========   ==============
  (.33)

  Average Number of Shares
   Outstanding                  13,837,280     3,372,025   11,505,683     3,094,953
                                ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========

</TABLE>


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         3

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
[UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>





                            Preferred Stock     Common Stock      AdditionalRetained   Stock              Total
                           Number of           Number of           Paid-in  EarningsSubscriptioTreasury Stockholders'
                            Shares     Amount   Shares   Amount    Capital   [DeficitReceivable Stock     Equity
<S>                         <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>     <C>     <C>

  Balance - March 31, 1995  629,905 $ 376,593 2,143,710 $7,804,369$(1,410,2$1)(7,539,$52)(125,0$0)(13,000$(907,121)

Preferred Stock Returned   (146,654)       --       --        --        --        --       --   (35,803)  (35,803)

Conversions of Debt to Equity    --        -- 10,751,2311,807,465       --        --       --        --  1,807,465

Net Income for the nine months
  ended December 31, 1995        --        --       --        --        --   107,835       --        --   107,835
                           -------- --------- --------  --------  -------- --------- --------  --------  --------

  Balance - December 31, 1995
   [Unaudited]              483,251 $ 376,593 12,894,941$9,611,834$(1,410,2$1)(7,432,$17)(125,0$0)(48,803$972,376
                           ======== ========= =============================== ========== ======== ===============





</TABLE>




The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                         4

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
[UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                    Three months ended        Nine months ended
                                       December 31,              December 31,
                                       ------------              ------------
                                    1 9 9 5     1 9 9 4      1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                                    -------     -------      -------       -------
<S>                               <C>        <C>           <C>          <C> 

  Net Cash - Operating Activities $  333,897  $  938,970   $1,389,302   $   879,703
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------

Investing Activities:
  Proceeds from Maturity of CD            --          --      600,000            --
  Advances to ATRE                   (39,000)         --     (101,300)      (81,321)
  Payment of Officers Loans Receivable    --          --           --       (29,073)
  Employee Advances                      498     (12,183)        (332)           --
  Capital Expenditures               (27,217)    (47,130)     (75,063)     (110,861)
  Masters and Artwork Expenditures   (64,646)    (89,132)    (231,676)     (272,001)
  Repayment from ATRE                 48,475      28,113       48,475        84,863
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities    (81,890)   (120,332)     240,104      (408,393)
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------

Financing Activities:
  Purchase of Treasury Stock              --          --      (35,803)      (13,000)
  Proceeds from Notes Payable      1,132,772   2,391,137    4,895,115     6,786,002
  Payments of Notes Payable       (1,317,396) (3,252,448)  (6,419,441)   (7,165,865)
  Payment of Lease Payable           (43,781)    (30,000)    (121,122)      (89,499)
  Cash Overdraft                     (23,602)     72,673       51,845       265,130
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Financing Activities   (252,007)   (818,638)  (1,629,406)     (217,232)
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Increase in Cash and Cash
   Equivalents                            --          --           --       254,078

Cash and Cash Equivalents -
  Beginning of Periods                    --          --           --      (254,078)
                                  ----------  ----------   ----------   -----------

  Cash and Cash Equivalents -
   End of Periods                 $       --  $       --   $       --   $        --
                                  ==========  ==========   ==========   ===========

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                     $   26,040  $   81,466   $  179,268   $   291,939
     Income Taxes                 $       --  $       --   $       --   $        --


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                         5
</TABLE>

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
[UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
   On April 13, 1995, the Company's former President  surrendered his employment
contract and returned  146,654 shares of the Company's  preferred  stock back to
the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with a carrying value of approximately
$170,000 was  transferred  from the Company and the Company's  former  President
assumed all remaining obligations on these assets of approximately $75,000.

   On May 8,  1995,  the  Company  closed  the  sales  agreement  with a Mexican
company,  Central  Video,  for  $750,000 by  allowing  credit to the Company for
future  duplication  services.  The  Company  is  receiving  $750,000  of future
duplication   services  and  is  giving  up  equipment  with  a  book  value  of
approximately $630,000.

   In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling  $1,131,434 were assigned to
the Company's Chief Executive Officer. In July of 1995,  8,212,785 shares of the
Company's common stock were issued for this obligation.

   Pursuant to the June 15, 1995  assignment  of debt  agreement,  the Company's
$676,031  obligation to its former  underwriter was purchased by an unaffiliated
Company. On July 19, 1995, an agreement was reached to issue 2,538,446 shares of
the Company's common stock for this obligation.

   In December  1995,  the Company  settled a debt with a creditor  for $390,000
less than the carrying amount.






The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                         6

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[1]  Basis of Presentation

The accompanying  unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles for interim financial
information and with the  instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation
S-X.  Accordingly,  they do not include  all of the  information  and  footnotes
required by generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for complete  financial
statements.  In the opinion of the  management of the Company,  all  adjustments
consisting of normal recurring  adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of
financial  position,  results of  operations  and cash flows for the nine months
ended December 31, 1995 and 1994,  have been made. The results of operations for
any interim  period are not  necessarily  indicative of the results for the full
year. These condensed  financial  statements  should be read in conjunction with
the financial  statements  and notes  thereto  contained in the annual report on
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1995.

[2] Inventories

Inventories consist of:
                                          December 31, March 31,
                                             1 9 9 5     1 9 9 5

Raw Materials                             $  392,787  $  484,206
Work-In Process                                   --       2,261
Finished Goods                             1,098,629   1,350,133
                                          ----------  ----------

  Totals                                  $1,491,416  $1,836,600
  ------                                  ==========  ==========

[3] Notes Payable

                                D e c e m b e r   3 1,  1 9 9 5
                                -------------------------------

     Type of Loan                Amount     Current   Long-Term

Bank Line of Credit (A)        $      --  $      --   $      --
Former Underwriter Loan (B)           --         --          --
Line of Credit - Private Investor (C) --         --          --
Installment Loan (D)             191,828     31,654     160,174
Line of Credit (E)               744,741    744,741          --
Line of Credit (F)                    --         --          --
                               ---------  ---------   ---------

  Totals                       $ 936,569  $ 776,395   $ 160,174
  ------                       =========  =========   =========

[A] Bank Line of Credit - As of March 31, 1995, the Company had not been granted
an  extension  beyond its  extended due date of February 28, 1995 and was not in
compliance  with  various  financial  requirements  under  the  line of  credit.
Therefore, this debt was classified as a current liability. The banks prime rate
at March 31, 1995 was 9.5%.

The certificates of deposit,  the accounts receivable and inventory were pledged
as collateral against the bank loans of $1,598,973 at March 31, 1995.

On July 14, 1995, the Company paid off the bank line of credit in its entirety.



                                        7

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[3] Notes Payable [Continued]

[B] Former  Underwriter Loan - On July 15, 1992, the Company signed a promissory
note for $510,000 with a former Underwriter.  The interest rate for the note was
ten [10%] percent per annum. The former  Underwriter  received a total of 25,500
shares of common stock purchase  warrants  exercisable  at $15 per share,  for a
term of three [3] years in  consideration  for the entire amount.  On August 28,
1992,  the former  Underwriter  voluntarily  surrendered  to the  Company  these
warrants and the warrants were canceled.  The total indebtedness of $676,031 was
due April 1, 1995.

Pursuant  to the June 15,  1995  assignment  of debt  agreement,  the  Company's
$676,031  obligation to its former  underwriter was purchased by an unaffiliated
Company. On July 19, 1995, an agreement was reached to issue 2,538,446 shares of
the Company's common stock for this obligation. The conversion is effectuated at
 .26 per share of common stock.  The market value at the time of  conversion  was
 .10 per share of common stock.

[C] Private Investor - Line of Credit - On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained
two lines of credit  from a private  investor.  Interest  is 12% per  annum.  As
additional  consideration for the line of credit,  the Company issued a total of
25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or
before August 12, 1997.  The lines of credit are  collateralized  by (i) a first
security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in certain  accounts  receivable,
inventory, and equipment and (ii) a security interest in the Company's shares of
ATRE.  These  loans are  personally  guaranteed  by two of the  officers  of the
Company.  On October 27, 1993, the Company was granted an extension on the total
indebtedness  of $752,042 to the private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from
the net proceeds of a public offering, whichever was earlier. On March 31, 1995,
the Company owed a total of $812,455 of which $752,042 was principal and $60,413
was  accrued  interest  payable.  The  Company  was in  default on the due date,
however these obligations were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive Officer
in May 1995. In July 1995,  this  obligation of $752,042 was converted to shares
of common stock.

[D]  Installment  Loan  - In  January  1991,  the  Company  entered  into a loan
transaction  with a vendor  for the  principal  sum of  $369,633  payable  in 24
consecutive equal monthly installments of $17,747 at an interest rate of 14% per
annum commencing  February 15, 1991. This loan was renegotiated in December 1991
for the  principal  sum of $301,657 and calls for 30  consecutive  equal monthly
installments of $11,618 at a reduced interest rate of 11.5% per annum commencing
January 15, 1992. This loan was renegotiated in March 1993 for the principal sum
of  $292,058.12  and calls for a payment in the amount of $5,000 per month until
full payment has been completed.  The balance due at March 31, 1995 and December
31, 1995 was $221,203 and $191,828, respectively.

[E] Line of Credit - On August 19, 1992, the Company  renewed the revolving line
of credit with an investor.  The revolving line of credit is for up to a maximum
of $600,000  with a commitment  to borrow a minimum of  $2,000,000  during a one
year period.  This loan is made in amounts  which is equal to 70% of the pledged
invoice's  amount and it is secured by (i) a first security  interest in certain
accounts receivable from two specific customers,  (ii) personally  guaranteed by
two of the officers of the Company.  Repayment is to be made upon receipt of any
payment of pledged invoice,  115% of the amount borrowed. On June 20, 1995, this
percentage was reduced to 111% and on September 1, 1995, was further  reduced to
109% if  repayment is made within 90 days,  106% if within 60 days,  and 103% if
within 30 days. As of March 31, 1995 and December 31, 1995, the outstanding loan
balances were $968,494 and $744,741, respectively.

                                        8

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[3] Notes Payable [Continued]

[F] Line of Credit - On November 10, 1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional
revolving  line of credit up to a  maximum  of  $400,000  from  another  private
investor.  This loan is made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoices
amount and is secured by (i) a first  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable
from five specific customers,  (ii) personal guarantee by two of the officers of
the Company.  As of March 31, 1994, the Company owed $414,475  including accrued
loan fee of 7.25% from pledged invoice  amounts.  Interest rate shall be 18% per
annum for  repayment  not made within 90 days. As of March 31, 1995 and December
31, 1995, the Company owed $115,000 and $-0-, respectively.

All loans were subordinate to the bank's line of credit at March 31, 1995.

[G]  Extraordinary  Item - In December 1995,  the Company  settled a debt with a
creditor for $390,000 less than the carrying amount.

[4] Income Taxes

As of March 31, 1995, the Company had approximately  $7,700,000 in net operating
losses  expiring in various years ending 2009 that will be carried forward to be
utilized against future Company earnings.

Effective  April 1, 1993, the Company adopted FAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income
Taxes." The Company has a deferred tax asset of approximately $3,000,000 arising
from the net operating loss carry forward.  However, due to the uncertainty that
the Company will generate income in the future  sufficient to fully or partially
utilize these carryforwards,  an allowance of $3,000,000 has been established to
offset  this  asset.  The  effect of  adoption  on current  and prior  financial
statements is immaterial.

[5] Capital Stock

In July 1994,  the Company  entered  into a settlement  agreement  with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement agreement, the former
employee and director  returned 26,269 shares of convertible  preferred stock to
the Company.  The Company  assigned a value of $13,000 to these treasury  shares
based on fair value of the stock.

In May 1995,  the Company  entered  into a  settlement  agreement  with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement,  the former employee
and director  returned  146,654  shares of  convertible  preferred  stock to the
Company.  The Company assigned a value of $35,803 to these treasury shares based
on fair value of the stock.

[6] Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share are based on the  weighted  average  number of common  shares
outstanding  as restated to include the number of shares  issued in the business
combination  with TAV reflecting  conversion for a preferred share of stock into
1.95 shares of common  stock.  The weighted  average  number of shares have been
adjusted  for all  periods to reflect  the  one-for-twenty  reverse  stock split
effected on July 2, 1993.

                                        9

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[7] Litigation

The  Company  has been named as  defendant  and  co-defendant  in various  legal
actions filed against the Company in the normal course of business.  The Company
believes that it has adequate  legal  defenses and intends to vigorously  defend
itself in these actions. The Company believes after consulting with counsel that
an adverse  decision in any one lawsuit would not have a material adverse impact
on the  Company,  however,  the  aggregate  affect of an adverse  decision  in a
majority of the lawsuits outstanding could have a material adverse impact on the
Company.

On May 12, 1993, the Company was named as a defendant in claim for a breach of a
license agreement along with infringement on the licensor's patent and trademark
rights and  failure to pay  royalties  pursuant to the  license  agreement.  The
complaint was settled for $400,000, which was charged to fiscal 1994 operations.

[8] Going Concern

The Company's  financial  statements  are prepared in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles,  which contemplates  continuation of the Company
as a going  concern.  The  Company has  incurred  net losses for the years ended
March  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993 of  $1,958,468,  $3,371,116  and  $1,601,353,
respectively.  The Company has also  encountered  difficulties in complying with
financial  requirements  under its bank line of credit and has been experiencing
difficulties  in paying its  vendors on a timely  basis.  These  factors  create
uncertainty  whether the Company can continue as a going concern.  The Company's
plans to  mitigate  the  effects  of the  uncertainties  are (i) the  successful
reduction of its operating  expenses in fiscal 1996 by  elimination  of its 1395
Manasero Street,  California  facility while still maintaining its sales volume,
(ii) to sell a parcel or all of 2 parcels of  property  owned by ATRE [50% owned
by the Co.] located in Vancouver,  WA, (iii) to further upgrade and increase its
products lines and thus reach a consistently  higher gross profit margin mix and
realize  profitability,  (iv) to pledge sales invoices  against the bank line of
credit and pay off the bank line of credit,  and seek another asset base lending
line of credit (v) to successfully  convert debt  obligations  into equity,  and
(vi) to negotiate  with several  reliable  investors to provide the Company with
additional working capital

Management believes that these plans can be effectively implemented for the year
ended March 31,  1996.  The Company  will  continue to seek  additional  interim
financing from private sources to  supplementary  support its cash needs for the
next  twelve  months  during  the  implementation  of  these  plans  to  achieve
profitability. The Company's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent
on the  implementation  and success of these plans. The financial  statements do
not include any  adjustments in the event the Company is unable to continue as a
going concern.

[9] New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996. The FASB has also issued SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of".  The  Company  will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.  The FASB has also
issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." The Company will
adopt SFAS No. 123 on April 1, 1996. Adoption is not expected to be material for
the Company.



                                       10

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[10] Stock Subscription Receivable

On December 20, 1994, the Board of Directors  revoked its June 23, 1994 election
to forgive a receivable due from its  shareholders  for  approximately  $866,000
relating to their  subscription  of shares of common stock of the  Company.  The
Board  resolved on December 20, 1994 that the Company  would reduce the price on
the unpaid  shares of stock to $.125 per share.  In March of 1995,  the  Company
forgave the accrued  interest  receivable of $205,342 on the stock  subscription
receivable.

[11]  Transfer of Custom Duplication Business

On April 13, 1995,  the Board of  Directors  approved the transfer of its custom
duplication  business.  Pursuant  to  this  transaction,  the  Company's  former
President surrendered his employment contract and returned 146,654 shares of the
Company's preferred stock back to the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with
a carrying value of approximately  $170,000 was transferred from the Company and
the Company's former President assumed all remaining obligations on these assets
of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a non compete  agreement with
this new custom duplication venture by the Company's former President.

[12] Sale of Multi Media Assets

On May 8, 1995, the Company closed the sales  agreement with a Mexican  company,
Central  Video,  for  $750,000  by  allowing  credit to the  Company  for future
duplication  services.  The  General  Manager  of  Central  Video is the  former
President  of  the  Company.   The  Company  is  receiving  $750,000  of  future
duplication   services  and  is  giving  up  equipment  with  a  book  value  of
approximately  $630,000. In addition,  Central Video entered into a sublease for
the remaining  thirteen  month lease.  The Company has  guaranteed the Company's
former  President a minimum of  $2,500,000 a year of  production  orders for the
next three years.  Central Video has agreed to provide a maximum of a $3,000,000
90 day credit line to the Company.  The Company has agreed to pay the  Company's
former  President  a 3%  commission  on orders the Company  places with  Central
Video.

[13] Proposed Sale of ATRE Real Estate Parcel

In May 1995,  the Company  entered into a sales  agreement for two acres of land
for approximately $940,000. In December of 1995, the sale for one parcel of land
was closed and the Company  received  their portion of the proceeds from ATRE of
$48,475, which was used to reduce the accounts receivable from ATRE. The closing
for the other parcel of land is anticipated to be April of 1996.

[14] Debt Obligations Converted to Equity Conversion

In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling $1,131,434 were assigned to the
Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  This officer issued promissory notes to the
three  entities.  On July 19, 1995, the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company
converted the three debt obligations  totaling  $1,131,434 into 8,212,785 shares
of the Company's  common stock.  The  conversion is effectuated at a 38% premium
rate of .138  per  share  of  common  stock.  The  market  value  at the time of
conversion was .10 per share of common stock.

                                       11

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED], Sheet #6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[15] Commitments

[A] Effective December 31, 1995, an officer and director of the Company resigned
and terminated his employment agreement with the Company as part of a settlement
agreement.  Effective  January 1, 1996 and ending December 31, 1996, the Company
entered into a monthly $10,000  consulting  agreement with this individual.  The
individual  agreed to  surrender  30,769  shares of  preferred  stock and 10,000
shares  of  common  stock  upon  execution  of  the   settlement   agreement  in
consideration  for 5% of net profits of the  Company for the fiscal  years ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998.

[B] On  December  21,  1995,  the Company  entered  into a  production  contract
agreement with a Company,  whose sole owner is a former  director and officer of
the Company who resigned  December 31, 1995, for annual minimum orders  totaling
$500,000.  The Company also sold production  equipment to this entity on January
1, 1996 for $45,000.

[C] On June 27, 1995, the Company entered into a lease for additional  warehouse
space for a  monthly  rental  of  $3,637,  for six  months,  which  the  Company
terminated in January of 1996. On December 1, 1995,  the Company  entered into a
new lease for warehouse space for monthly rental of $9,274 for 5 years.

[16] Subsequent Events

On January 3, 1996, the Company  entered into a two year  Duplication  Agreement
with a $200,000  revolving  line of credit.  In  addition,  a two year and three
month lease agreement for approximately $2,500 square feet was entered into with
this duplicator for monthly base rent of $1,500.




                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

                                       12

<PAGE>



Item 2:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Nine months ended December 31, 1995 compared with the nine months ended December
31, 1994.

Results of Operations

The Company's  operating  [loss] for the nine months ended December 31, 1995 was
$(333,498) as compared to an operating  [loss] of $(807,912) for the nine months
ended  December 31,  1994.  This is an  improvement  of  approximately  $475,000
resulting from a decreases in operating expenses.

The  Company's  sales for the nine months ended  December 31, 1995 and 1994 were
$7,758,618  and  $9,676,811,  respectively.  Management  believes  it has a well
established  customer base,  including some of the nation's leading national and
regional  chain stores,  department  stores,  supermarkets  and similar types of
retail outlets. This customer base could provide a platform to grow its business
by  expanding  the number and variety of  products  sold  through  its  existing
channels,  as well  as  expand  them to new  customers,  both  domestically  and
overseas. Additionally,  management intends to expand its product offerings into
higher growth and higher  margin  business of CD-ROM  distribution,  through the
licensing  of family  entertainment  or  "Edu-tainment"  CD-ROM  titles,  either
individually  or on a bundled basis,  or through the  acquisition on an existing
distribution company focused on the distribution of these products.

At March 31,  1995,  the  Company's  business had two major  divisions.  A brief
description of these two divisions is as follows:

The Multi Media  Division sells products that are either owned by the Company or
licensed.  The customer base is  predominantly  retail  stores or  distributors.
Sales for the nine months ended  December 31, 1995 for the Multi Media  Division
was  approximately  $7,700,000.  On May 8, 1995,  the Company  closed a $750,000
sales  agreement  with a Mexican  company  for  equipment  with a book  value of
approximately  $630,000 by allowing credit to the Company for future duplication
services.  The Company has guaranteed a minimum of $2,500,000 a year  production
orders for the next three  years.  The  Mexican  company has agreed to provide a
maximum $3,000,000 90 day credit line to the Company.

The Custom  Duplication  Division  sold mainly  custom  duplication  services to
companies that required video duplication,  packaging and fulfillment  services.
Sales for the nine months  ended  December  31, 1995 for the Custom  Duplication
Division was approximately  $100,000.  On April 13, 1995, the Board of Directors
approved the transfer of its custom duplication business to the Company's former
President in order to  concentrate  and focus its  resources  to the  MultiMedia
Division.  Equipment with a book value of approximately $170,000 was transferred
from the Company and the Company's  former  President  assumed all the remaining
obligations on these assets of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a
non-compete  agreement with this new custom duplication venture by the Company's
former President.

Cost of  sales  for the nine  months  ended  December  31,  1995  and 1994  were
$4,701,303  and  $6,580,977  or  61%  and  68%  of  sales,  respectively.   This
improvement is the result of improved cost reduction.

Gross  profit  for the nine  months  ended  December  31,  1995  and  1994  were
$3,057,315 and $3,095,834, or 39% and 32% of sales, respectively.  The Company's
gross profit increased by 7% as a percentage of sales, for the nine months ended
December  31,  1995  as  compared  to  December  31,  1994.   Depreciation   and
amortization,  included  in the cost of goods sold,  for the nine  months  ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994 were $422,127 and $718,438, respectively.

                                       13

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION  AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Nine months ended December 31, 1995 compared with the nine months ended December
31, 1994.

Results of Operations [Continued]

Operating  expenses  for the nine months  ended  December 31, 1995 and 1994 were
$3,390,813 and $3,903,746, respectively.

Interest  expense  for the nine  months  ended  December  31,  1995 and 1994 was
$189,310 and $291,939,  respectively.  As of December 31, 1995, the  outstanding
bank debt was $-0-.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  working capital  [deficit] at December 31, 1995 was $(822,649) as
compared with a working capital [deficit] of $(3,495,744) at March 31, 1995. The
improvement of  approximately  $2,700,000 is primarily the result of the Company
successfully   negotiating  current  debt  obligations  totaling   approximately
$1,400,000  into an equity  conversion in July of 1995 and the reduction of bank
debt by approximately $1,600,000.

Operations

For the nine months ended December 31, 1995,  cash generated from operations was
$1,389,302 as compared to $880,000 of cash  generated  from  operations  for the
nine months ended December 31, 1994. The Company  intends to utilize future debt
or equity  financing  or debt to equity  conversions  to help  satisfy  past due
obligations and to pay down its debt obligations.

The Company has frequently  been unable to pay its  obligations  for merchandise
and services as they become due. The Company was not operating profitably and it
cannot be certain that it will earn sufficient profits in the foreseeable future
which would permit the Company to meet its anticipated  working capital needs. A
lack of working  capital has inhibited the Company's  ability to deliver orders.
Should the  Company  experience  continued  cash flow  deficiencies  and lack of
profitability, additional financing may be required.

Investing

Capital  expenditures and leases for the nine months ended December 31, 1995 and
1994 were $75,063 and  $110,861,  respectively.  For December 31, 1995 and 1994,
investments  in masters and artwork were  $231,676 and  $272,001,  respectively.
Management continues to seek to acquire new titles to enhance its product lines.


                                       14

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Nine months ended December 31, 1995 compared with the nine months ended December
31, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

Financing

The Company has paid off the bank line of credit to lower its interest burden in
July of 1995.  The Company has  realized  an  improved  collection  cycle of its
accounts receivable and has added quality and new products to its video library.
The Company  believes  with an injection of capital,  the Company would be in an
improved financial  position.  The Company  anticipates  achieving improved bank
financing,  sales  growth and  obtaining  profitability  to provide the means of
financial and  operational  support for the next twelve months.  If any of these
factors are not achieved,  adverse  effects could result.  The Company  believes
that should these adverse effects  materialize,  management will seek additional
financing  through  perhaps a private  placement  or vendor  support in order to
survive.  There can be no guarantee that the Company will be successful in these
efforts.

Management  intends  to  seek  additional  equity  financing  from  unaffiliated
individuals  in private  offerings  and to secure an  additional  line of credit
until  operations  generate a positive cash flow. If the Company is unsuccessful
in obtaining  additional equity or debt financing,  then the Company's liquidity
and capital resources could be adversely affected.

The Company has a 50% real estate  interest in ATRE. In May of 1995, the Company
entered into a sales agreement for two acres of land for approximately $940,000.
The Company received proceeds of $48,475 from ATRE on one parcel which closed in
December of 1995.  These proceeds  reduced the receivable from ATRE. The closing
for the other parcel of land is  anticipated to be April of 1996. The Company is
required by the partnership  agreement to make  additional  advances to the ATRE
partnership  in the next twelve  months.  A further  delay in the sales of these
parcels  will  require  additional  capital  contributions  to  be  made.  These
additional  capital  contributions  by the Company and any further  delay in the
sales of these parcels will have a negative  impact on the  Company's  financial
position. Therefore, ATRE and the Company are seeking additional equity partners
to inject capital to be used for ATRE's short- and long-term needs.

On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained two lines of credit totaling $1,205,035
from a private investor. The balance at March 31, 1995 of $812,455 was due April
1, 1995.  Interest was at 12% per annum.  As  additional  consideration  for the
lines of credit,  the  Company  issued a total of 25,000  warrants  to  purchase
25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or before August 12, 1997. The
lines  of  credit  will   terminate   upon   default  by  the  Company  and  are
collateralized  by (i) a first security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in
certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a  security
interest in the  Company's  shares of American Top Real Estate.  These loans are
personally  guaranteed by two of the officers of the Company. On March 31, 1995,
the  Company was in default on the due date,  however,  these  obligations  were
assigned to the Company's Chief  Executive  Officer in May 1995 and in July 1995
the Officer converted this obligation to the Company's common stock.

On November 6, 1992, the Company obtained an additional revolving line of credit
up to a maximum of $600,000 from another private investor.  This loan is made in
amounts  equal to 70% of the  pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured by (i) a
first  security  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of March 31, 1994, there were no loans  outstanding under this revolving line of
credit.  Repayment of 115% of the amount  borrowed is to be made upon receipt of
any payment of pledged  invoices.  However,  on June 20, 1995, this interest was
reduced  to 11%  and on  September  1,  1995  it was  further  reduced  to 9% if
repayment is made within 90 days,  and 6% within 60 days, and 3% within 30 days.
As of December 31, 1995, the Company owed $744,741 plus interest.

                                       15

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Nine months ended December 31, 1995 compared with the nine months ended December
31, 1994.


Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On November 10,  1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional  revolving  line of
credit up to a maximum of $400,000 from another private  investor.  This loan is
made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured
by (i) a first  interest  in  certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of December 31, 1995, the Company owed $-0-.

On June 20, 1995, the Company accepted an offer by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer to convert an  outstanding  obligation to him totaling  $1,131,434  into
8,212,785 shares of the Company's common stock. The conversion is effectuated at
a 38% premium  rate of .138 per share of common  stock.  The market value at the
time of conversion was .10 per share of common stock.

On August 12,  1992,  the  Company  obtained  two lines of credit from a private
investor. Interest is 12% per annum. As additional consideration for the line of
credit,  the Company issued a total of 25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares
of common  stock at $30 per share on or before  August  12,  1997.  The lines of
credit are  collateralized by (i) a first security interest  [subordinate to the
bank] in  certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a
security  interest in the Company's  shares of ATRE.  These loans are personally
guaranteed  by two of the  officers of the  Company.  On October 27,  1993,  the
Company  was granted an  extension  on the total  indebtedness  of $752,042 to a
private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from the net proceeds of the proposed
public  offering,  whichever was earlier.  On March 31, 1995, the Company owes a
total of  $812,455  of which  $752,042  is  principal  and  $60,413  is  accrued
interest.  The Company  was in default on the due date,  however in May of 1995,
these  obligations  were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  On
July 19, 1995, the officer agreed to convert this debt obligation into shares of
common stock.

New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996. The FASB has also issued SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of".  The  Company  will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.  The FASB has also
issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." The Company will
adopt SFAS No. 123 on April 1, 1996. Adoption is not expected to be material for
the Company.

Impact of Inflation

The Company  does not believe  that  inflation  had an impact on sales or income
during the past several years.  Increases in supplies or other  operating  costs
could adversely affect the Company's  operations;  however, the Company believes
it could  increase  prices to offset  increases  in costs of goods sold or other
operating costs.


                                       16

<PAGE>



SIGNATURE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereon duly authorized.



                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation





                                          s/s James K.T. Lu
                                          James K.T. Lu
                                          Chief Executive Officer, Secretary
                                          and Director
February 12, 1996

                                       17

<PAGE>



SIGNATURE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned thereon duly authorized.



                                          Diamond Entertainment Corporation






                                          James K.T. Lu
                                          Chief Executive Officer, Secretary
                                          and Director
February 12, 1996

                                       18

<PAGE>



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549


                                               FORM 10-K\A

            ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
            |X|SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)

                    For the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995

            (Mark One)                 OR


            |_|TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
            SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)

For the transition period from               to

                      Commission File Number:    0-17953

                        DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

      New Jersey                             22-2748019
(State or other jurisdiction              (IRS Employer ID No.)
of incorporation or organization)

16818 Marquardt Avenue
Cerritos, California                       90703
 (Address of principal                    Zip Code
  executive offices)

                                 (310) 921-3999
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                Title of each class

                           Common Stock, no par value

                Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants




            Indicate  by check mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                            YES   |X|            NO   |_|

            Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant
 to Item 405 of 
                                       19

<PAGE>



Regulation S-K is not contained herein,  and will not be contained,  to the best
of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ]

            On July 19, 1995 the aggregate market value of the voting stock held
by  non-affiliates  of the Registrant was $227,475.60  based upon the average of
the closing price.

            Number of shares outstanding of the issuers common stock, as of July
19, 1995, was 12,894,941.


            Documents Incorporated By Reference

Document                                                     Where Incorporated

 None.                                                                 N/A


                                       20

<PAGE>




                                     PART I

Item 1.      BUSINESS

General

            Diamond Entertainment Corporation (the "Company"), formerly known as
Trans-Atlantic  Video, Inc.  ("TAV"),  was formed under the laws of the State of
New  Jersey on April 3,  1986.  On July 15,  1991,  the  Company  completed  the
acquisition (the  "Acquisition") of one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and
outstanding   shares  of  Diamond   Entertainment   Corporation,   a  California
corporation  (the "California  Subsidiary").  At the Company's annual meeting of
July 15, 1991,  the  shareholders  approved the change of the Company's  name to
"Diamond Entertainment Corporation."

            As  a  full-service   video  product   duplicating,   manufacturing,
packaging and distribution  company, the Company was engaged in several distinct
video product  activities.  The Multi Level Marketing  Division and Custom Video
Duplication  Division were considered the Custom Duplication  Division.  Through
its Custom  Duplication  Division,  the Company  duplicated  and packaged  video
cassettes on a custom-made basis.  Customers for this service included companies
and individuals within the multi-level  marketing  industry,  who utilized video
cassettes for product information,  business recruitment,  training or sales and
marketing  purposes.  Sales for the years  ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 for the
custom  duplication  division  were  approximately  $1,000,000  and  $3,600,000,
respectively,  or a 72%  decrease.  On April 13,  1995,  the Board of  Directors
approved  the spin off of the Custom  Duplication  Division.  (See  "Markets and
Customers" for additional disclosure).

            The  Company's   Multi-Media   Division   (formerly   known  as  the
"Entertainment  Division")markets  and sells a variety of video cassette  titles
(the  "Programs")  to the budget  home video  market,  principally  through  the
Company's New Jersey sales office.  The Company markets its Programs for sale to
national and regional chain stores, department stores, drug stores, supermarkets
and similar types of retail outlets.  These outlets,  in turn generally sell the
Company's  products to the public at retail  prices  ranging from $2.99 to $9.99
per video cassette.  The Standard Video Line and the Premier Line are considered
the Multi-Media Division.  This division sells products that are either owned by
the Company or licensed to the Company by licensors.  Management is committed to
acquiring  more licensed video titles and upgrading the quality of its packaging
and  pre-printed  materials  in order to enhance  its  available  products.  The
customer base for these  products  consists  predominantly  of retail stores and
distributors.  Sales for the Multi-Media  Division for the years ended March 31,
1995 and 1994 were approximately $12,100,000 and $9,600,000,  respectively, or a
26% increase. The Company's present inventory of Programs consists of 754 titles
including children's cartoons, motion pictures,  sports highlights,  educational
computer and exercise  programs,  451 of which are without copyright  protection
("Public  Domain  Programs") and 303 of which are subject to license  agreements
("Licensed  Programs").  The  feature  motion  pictures  offered by the  Company
include  such film  classics as "Life With  Father" and "It's a Wonderful  Life"
both of which are in the Public Domain.  The Company is continually  identifying
new titles to add to its Program  inventory  and intends to expand its selection
of Licensed Programs which have  historically  shown a higher profit margin than
Public Domain Programs.


            As of March 31, 1995, the Multi-Media  Division and the Custom Video
Duplication  Division accounted for approximately 93% and 7%,  respectively,  of
revenues attributable to video tapes.

            For the year ended  March 31,  1995 and 1994,  the  Company  had net
sales to one customer that amounted to $2,650,000 and $1,572,000,

        1

<PAGE>



respectively. The significant customer in 1995 was Sam's Club. The Company sells
to the  non-affiliated  entity  on a net sixty  (60) day term.  The loss of this
customer would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

            In July,  1991, the Company entered into a  non-exclusive  licensing
agreement  with the Victor Company of Japan,  Ltd.  ("JVC"),an  unrelated  third
party,  which  provides that the Company may sell and market its products as JVC
licensed  VHS Video  Cassettes  ("JVC  Agreement").  The VHS  label is  commonly
recognized in the video  industry as a mark of JVC licensed high quality  tapes,
subject  to  stringent   technical   evaluation  during  the  manufacturing  and
duplication  process.  In  consideration  of the  granting of the license to the
Company,  the  Company  must pay to JVC the  following  licensing  fees:  (i) an
initial evaluation fee of 1,000,000 Yen per product (approximately $7,500), (ii)
a fee to be paid  for  each  product  using  the JVC  license  which  is sold or
otherwise  disposed  of by the  Company,  based  upon the  annual  volume of the
duplicated  cassettes  as  follows:  (a)  under  10,000,000  cassettes,   5  Yen
(approximately  $.035) per cassette,  (b) 10,000,000 to 15,000,000  cassettes at
the Company's option, a flat rate fee of $350,000 per year or 5 Yen per cassette
(approximately  $.035)  per  cassette,  (c) in  excess of  15,000,000  cassettes
($.0233 for each cassette) plus, at the Company's option, $350,000 per year or 5
Yen per cassette (approximately $.035) and (d) in excess of 50,000,000 cassettes
($1,000,001  per year).  Effective  April 1993, JVC changed the royalty  charges
from (Y)5  (Yen) per tape to (Y)3  (Yen) per tape if the video  tape  program is
less than 30  minutes;  and to (Y)4 (Yen) per tape of the video tape  program is
longer than 30 minutes. Pursuant to the JVC Agreement, the Company has agreed to
undertake to comply with certain  standards and  specifications  involved in the
manufacturing and duplicating of video tape cassettes.  In the event the Company
fails to comply with the strict quality control  standards of the licensor,  the
license may be revoked and the Company will no longer be entitled to use the VHS
system.  The JVC Agreement has a term of 5 years and expires in July of 1996. On
May 12,  1993,  JVC filed a  lawsuit  against  the  Company  alleging  breach of
contract.  A settlement  between JVC and the Company was reached and the Company
agreed to pay JVC (Y)40,950,370 (Yen) for the previous royalty payments plus 10%
per annum  interest  charges.  The  Company  also  agreed to pay JVC  $50,000 on
October 1, 1993,  $50,000 on October 15, 1993,  $50,000 on November 15, 1993 and
$50,000 every Quarter  afterwards  until the previous  royalty  obligations  are
completely satisfied.

            On May 23, 1991,  the Company and  Macrovision  Corporation  entered
into an agreement  whereby the Company has been granted a non-exclusive  license
to utilize  Macrovision's  process to inhibit the  unauthorized  duplication  of
pre-recorded video cassettes. The license was for a term of one (1) year and was
terminable upon sixty (60) days notice by either party.  Since May 23, 1991, the
Company and  Macrovision  continued  to operate  pursuant to the  agreement.  In
consideration for the grant of such non-exclusive license, the Company agreed to
pay Macrovision $28,000. The Company agreed to pay certain additional fees which
are payable  dependent upon the revenues  derived from the use of  Macrovision's
"pirating"  protection  system. The Company does not believe that the fees which
it paid to Macrovision in connection with the "anti-pirating"  protection system
materially impact upon the Company's  operating  expenses.  The Company believed
that as a result of such  license,  it would be able to obtain higher prices for
the sale of each of its video tapes to customers,  who request such  protection,
since the  "anti-pirating"  device is desirable for customers.  The contract was
terminated  in June,  1995 as a result of the  Board's  decision to spin off the
Custom Duplication Division in April, 1995.

Markets and Customers

            Through its Custom Video Duplication Division,  the Company marketed
its services to (i) multi-level  marketing companies,  (ii) companies which need
production, duplication and post-production

        2

<PAGE>



services in connection with producing a corporate or product profile video,  and
(iii) video  production  companies which need  duplication of their video tapes.
For years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994, the Company  derived  revenues from the
Custom  Duplication   Division  of  approximately   $1,000,000  and  $3,600,000,
respectively.

            On April 13, 1995,  the  Company's  Board of Directors  approved the
spin-off of the Custom Duplication business to Central Video, a Mexican company.
The Board  believed that this spin off  transaction  was in the best interest of
the Company  since it could not compete  effectively  in the  manufacturing  and
duplicating of video tapes. The Company's  future focus is product  development,
acquisition and distribution of video related products to mass merchandisers and
retailers.  Pursuant to this  transaction,  Thomas Cheng,  the Company's  former
president  and the  president of Central  Video USA  operation  surrendered  his
employment contract and returned 146,654 shares of the Company's Preferred Stock
back to the Company as treasury  stock in exchange for equipment with a carrying
value of approximately $170,000 being transferred from the Company and Mr. Cheng
assuming all remaining obligations on these assets. Management believes that the
terms of this  transaction were comparable to those that could have been reached
from  sources  unrelated to the  Company.  Mr. Cheng no longer  desired to be an
officer  of the  Company  since the  Company  would no  longer be in the  custom
duplicating  business.  Instead,  Mr. Cheng would return his shares of preferred
stock to the Company and devote his future efforts in a duplicating business.

            On May 8,  1995,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  MultiMedia
manufacturing and duplicating  equipment and related assets to Central Video for
$750,000. The Company did not sell program inventory, customer lists or accounts
receivable.  The consideration  for the sale was $750,000 of future  duplication
services.  The Company has  guaranteed  Central  Video a minimum of $2,500,000 a
year of  production  orders for a three year period and Central Video has agreed
to provide a maximum of a $3,000,000 ninety (90) day credit line to the Company.
Management  believes  this ninety (90) day credit line will be beneficial to the
Company  since in the  industry  there is a practice  for  extending  credit for
duplication  services  of sixty (60) days.  The Company has agreed to pay Thomas
Cheng a 3% commission on order placed with Central Video.  The Company  believes
this  transaction  will  enable  the  Company to  concentrate  its  efforts  and
resources into product  development,  marketing and distribution and at the same
time reduce certain  overhead costs.  The Company will utilize four  contractors
who  specialize  in video tape and CD-Rom  manufacturing  and  duplication.  The
Company  believes  that these  arrangements  will enable the Company to meet its
sales and distribution needs.

            The Company  presently markets its Program Inventory to large retail
chain  outlets  and  provides  each  retail  chain   operator  with   brochures,
advertising  materials  and  literature  describing  and promoting the Company's
Program Inventory.  The Company's products are sold through approximately twenty
five (25) national  retail chains  primarily in the Northeast,  the South and on
the East Coast.  These outlets sell the Company's products to the general public
at retail prices generally  ranging from $2.99 to $9.99 per video cassette.  For
the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994,  the Company has derived  revenues from
its Program Inventory of approximately $12,100,000 and $9,600,000, respectively.

            The Company markets certain of its Programs on a nonguaranteed sales
basis, net 30 to 60 days. Non-guaranteed sales entitle the Company to be paid by
the retail outlet  regardless of whether the Programs are ultimately sold to the
general  public and does not permit  returns.  The Company also has  consignment
arrangements with certain catalog companies to deliver tapes to their facilities
pending their receipt of orders by customers. The Company only books sales after
the catalog company delivers the actual funds from such sales.


       3

<PAGE>



            The Company's marketing strategy of distributing  directly to retail
chain  outlets has allowed  the Company to market its  products at all  consumer
levels.  In  particular,  the  Company  seeks to  attract  retail  customers  in
department,  drug, discount,  electronic,  music, toy and book stores as well as
supermarkets  and  convenience  stores.  The Company has implemented a new sales
method  which  seeks to improve the name  recognition  of the Company as a video
company specializing in educational,  children and film classic video titles. In
addition, through its sales program, the Company sought to place increased focus
on the promotion of sales to major mass  merchandising  which would increase the
delivery of high volume  orders.  The Company  seeks to have sales  personnel at
various   locations  to  improve  sales  which  were   previously   hampered  by
geographical differences.

            The Company  believes  the future will hold  technological  changes,
alternative  entertainment sources and distribution channels along with shifting
customer  preferences.  The  Company's  plan to enter  into  different  types of
product  distribution or different  distribution is to acquire CD-Rom titles and
introduce  these titles in the 1996 CES Show.  The Company also intends to be on
line with the  Internet  and  secure a World Wide Web site for its  products  in
1996. In addition,  the Company plans to put together a Mail Order  operation in
1996 to increase sales of new and existing products. These plans are to help the
Company to handle the competitiveness in the entertainment marketplace.

Program Inventory

            The Company's  Program  Inventory  consists of a total of 754 titles
appealing  to all age groups.  The  Programs  include  cartoons,  horror  films,
science fiction, dramas, adventure stories, mysteries, musicals, comedies, fairy
tale adaptations,  educational  programs,  sports highlights,  instructional and
exercise programs.  Public Domain Programs account for 60% and Licensed Programs
account for 40% of the Company's Program Inventory.

            Motion Pictures in the Public Domain.  The Company offers a total of
171 feature  motion picture  titles  including many film classics,  such as Life
with Father,  It's a Wonderful  Life, and The Little  Princess,  which generally
appeal to an adult audience. The Company also markets its own special collection
of favorite performers "Festivals," including The Three Stooges, Shirley Temple,
Bob Hope,  Jack Benny and Milton Berle.  The Company has recently  added The Our
Gang Comedy Festival and Sherlock  Holmes Double  Feature,  as well as a science
fiction category.

            Children's  Programs - Licensed  and/or in the  Public  Domain.  The
Company has 113 cartoon Programs all of which are in the Public Domain featuring
such animated characters as Porky Pig, Bugs Bunny, Daffy Duck and Popeye,  among
others,  and 21 cartoon Programs redubbed in Spanish.  The Company also recently
licensed  an  animated  version  of Beauty  and the Beast.  These  Programs  are
generally  30 minutes in length and consist of a series of cartoons  selected by
the Company. The Company also markets 15 holiday children's features,  including
A Christmas Carol. The Company has recently  released  eighteen  Fabulous Fables
which  it has  licenses  for  such as Snow  White,  Cinderella,  Robin  Hood and
Thumbelina.

            Educational Programs - Licensed.  The Company has licenses to market
a total of 118  educational  videos which instruct  preschoolers  and school age
children on topics such as learning numbers,  telling time, simple  mathematics,
color  identification  and other  practical  skills.  These  include  12 Aesop's
Fables. In addition,  the Company has just introduced a new series of Adventures
in Learning featuring such animated classics as Johnny Appleseed,  Paul Revere's
Ride and King Midas.

            Sports Programs - Licensed.  The Company has licenses to
market five sports videos Thrilling Moments in Basketball.


                                        4

<PAGE>



            Computer Software Learning Tutorial Programs - Licensed. The Company
has  licensed  to  market a total  of 28  titles  of  computer  tutorial  videos
including titles like Quicken for Windows, etc.

            The costs  associated  with "film masters and artworks"  include the
purchase cost of masters, initial fee for right to duplicate, shooting costs and
developing costs. During the year ended March 31, 1995, the Company has acquired
in excess of 129 new titles
 for a cost of $245,078.

            As of March 31,  1995,  the  Company  valued  its Film  Masters  and
Artwork at $682,421.  The  Company's  Film Masters and Artwork  value  decreased
since March 31, 1995 by  approximately  $600,000  from March 31, 1994  resulting
from  amortization of $604,848 being recorded for the year ended March 31, 1995.
The Company derives the value of its Film Masters and Artwork by determining the
cost of these assets less the  accumulated  amortization.  The Company  believes
that its Film  Masters  and  Artwork  is its most  significant  asset  since the
Company derives all of its revenues from their utilization.

Licensed Programs

            The  licensed  programs  that the Company  have  acquired do contain
limitations from the licensors regarding the customer base where the Company can
distribute its products.

            Under its licensing  agreement with Aims Media, Inc. ("Aims Media"),
the Company  may sell  educational  Programs  produced by Aims Media to the home
market but is limited in its  distribution so as not to sell to schools,  public
libraries or government  agencies.  This license agreement expires on October 1,
1995 and is  exclusive  in the  United  States  and  "non-exclusive"  in Canada.
Pursuant to the terms of the licensing agreement,  the Company pays Aims Media a
fee  based on both the  length of the  Programs  and the cost of  producing  the
master  delivered  to the  Company.  This fee is paid fifty (50%)  percent  upon
selection of the Program and the balance upon receipt of the master. The Company
credits  this fee and  production  costs  against a royalty  fee payable to Aims
Media equal to ten (10%) percent of gross  revenues  generated  from the sale of
the  Licensed  Programs.  The Company  obtained an  extension  of its  Licensing
Agreement  to  October  1,  1997  and  has  acquired  thirteen  new  titles  for
distribution  such as The Life of Lou Gehrig,  The Life of Louis Armstrong,  The
Life of Knute  Rockne,  plus two all star  sports  videos  featuring  Babe Ruth,
Jackie  Robinson and Joe Louis.  The Company has also just  released  four Music
Video Programs starring such internationally  known artists as Victor Borge, Nat
King Cole, Count Basie and Spike Jones.

            The Company has entered  into a  perpetual  license  agreement  with
Imageway,  Inc.  ("Imageway")  dated  February  10,  1990 to market  twelve (12)
Aesop's Fables films on an exclusive  basis  throughout  the United States.  The
Agreement  provides  for  payment  of $44,100  to be paid in  installments  upon
performance of obligations of Imageway.


     The Company is also  committed  to meet the  increasing  demand for Spanish
language video  programs.  In furtherance of that goal, the Company has obtained
an exclusive  right to produce and distribute the Spanish  language  versions of
certain action adventure films,  including Wanted Dead or Alive, starring Rutger
Hauer,  Death  Before  Dishonor,  starring  Fred  Dryer and Black  Moon  Rising,
starring  Tommy Lee  Jones.  A second  licensing  agreement  gives  the  Company
exclusive  video and  distribution  rights to  Spanish  Language  Classic  Films
featuring international stars such as Cantinflas, Pedro Infante and Maria Felix.

            The Company has also  expanded its foothold in the Spanish  language
music video  segment of the industry by entering into a license  agreement  with
Producciones  Tulum,  Inc. on November 8, 1991 which gives the Company exclusive
video and  distribution  rights to nine  music  videos  featuring  international
artists Juan Gabriel,


                                        5

<PAGE>



Roberto Carlos and XUXA.

            The various  licensing  agreements  provide for an advance  payments
ranging from $1,500 to $15,000 and subsequent royalty payments based upon either
a per video sold fee or a  percentage  of  wholesale  price fee. As of March 31,
1995, the Company expended $481,080 on the various licensing agreements.

Operations and Production

            The Company  continuously  seeks to expand its Program  inventory by
identifying  titles  which appeal to children  and those which  include  popular
performers,  characters or themes.  The Company also identifies videos which are
classic  films,  are  educational  or  instructional  videos or which  have been
requested by  distributors.  The Company enters into a licensing  agreement with
respect to those  Programs  that are subject to copyright  protection or obtains
documentation  confirming public domain status from various unaffiliated Program
suppliers.  Tapes are produced,  duplicated and warehoused through the Company's
California  Subsidiary  which  has all the  video  and  manufacturing  equipment
necessary to produce, manufacture and distribute the tapes.

            The Company's video duplication equipment is presently "state of the
art"  quality,  and the  Company  seeks to  improve  and  update  its  packaging
equipment.

Raw Materials

            The Company  imports  certain of the raw materials for its products.
Accordingly, the Company is vulnerable to the possibility of stoppage, delays or
interruptions  of supplies due to foreign  conditions,  such as shipping delays,
acts of war,  political  instability or restrictions on foreign trade over which
the Company has no control.  The Company's  operations  have not previously been
affected by foreign or political unrest.

Competition

            Both the Company and the  California  Subsidiary  compete  with many
other companies which are better  established,  have broader public and industry
recognition,  have financial resources  substantially  greater than those of the
Company and the California Subsidiary, and have more extensive manufacturing and
distribution  facilities than those which now or in the foreseeable  future will
become  available  to the Company  and the  California  Subsidiary.  The Company
competes with all distributors of video tapes,  including the major film studios
and  independent  production  companies.  The  Company's  California  Subsidiary
competes with many custom duplication companies,  including Cassette Duplicating
Co.,  Celebrity  Duplicating and VCA  Technicolor.  In order to more effectively
compete in the marketplace  the Company has  implemented  better quality control
procedures  to ensure its  standard  quality and thus  reduce the  manufacturing
defective  rate. A cost reduction  plan has also been  established to reduce its
raw  material  cost in  order  to be more  competitive  in  price.  The  Company
continues its efforts to acquire and license and better  quality titles and thus
improve the performance of the Company's products in retail stores. The Company,
has  acquired  a series of  computer  software  learning  videos and a series of
animal  related  tapes to further  provide  products  with strength to penetrate
additional  markets.  The  Company  also  intends to acquire  CD-ROM  titles and
introduce these titles in the 1996 CES Show.

Bank Credit Facility

            The Company had a receivables and  asset-based  line of credit of up
to $4,300,000 with General Bank through the California Subsidiary. Approximately
$1,600,000  was  outstanding at March 31, 1995  collateralized  by the Company's
$600,000 certificate of deposit.

        6

<PAGE>



However,  as of March 31,  1995,  the Company had not been  granted an extension
beyond the due date of February 28, 1995,  and the Company was not in compliance
with various financial  requirements  under the line of credit. In May 1995, the
Company  reacted  an  agreement  with the  bank to  pledge  $1,300,000  of sales
invoices to offset the remaining bank liability.  As of July 19, 1995,  there is
no balance owed to General Bank.

American Top Real Estate, Inc. ("ATRE")

            ATRE was formed in March 1989 for the purposes of acquiring,  owning
and holding real property for  commercial  development.  ATRE does not engage in
any other business operations. Since its organization, ATRE has acquired two (2)
parcels  of  land  as  hereinafter   described   ("Parcel  1"  and  "Parcel  2,"
respectively).  ATRE is owned fifty percent (50%) by the  California  Subsidiary
and twenty five percent  (25%) by each of Mr. Steven Chen and Mr. Henry Kuo. Mr.
Chen  and Mr.  Kuo  are not  related  or  affiliated  with  the  Company  or the
California Subsidiary.  The Company has a balance due from ATRE in the amount of
$1,110,656 on March 31, 1995 (exclusive of an initial $50,000 investment. In May
1995,   ATRE  entered  into  a  sales  agreement  for  two  acres  of  land  for
approximately  $940,000. The closing for these parcels of land is anticipated to
be December 1995.

            Parcel 1 consists of 22 acres of undeveloped land in Clark County in
the State of  Washington  (83rd Street and I-205) and is owned  seventy  percent
(70%) by ATRE and thirty percent (30%) by unrelated third parties.  Parcel 1 was
purchased for  $1,280,086  in 1989, of which  $720,477 has been paid as of March
31, 1995 and a balance of $559,609 remains outstanding. Over the last five years
the Company has contributed 50% of the $720,477 or $360,238 for Parcel I and the
remaining  50% was  contributed  by four  private  investors.  The  Company  has
guaranteed  up to  $325,396  on the  outstanding  balance  and two of the  other
investors  are obligated for the balance.  The  outstanding  balance owed to the
unrelated  sellers of Parcel 1 is evidenced by promissory notes bearing interest
at the approximate average annual rate of 9.5%. The promissory notes are secured
by Parcel 1 and have terms expiring in 1995 and 1996.

            Parcel 2 consists of 6 1/2 acres of undeveloped property also in the
County of Clark,  State of  Washington.  Parcel 2 is owned  twenty five  percent
(25%) by ATRE, twenty-five percent (25%) by Addie Soo and fifty percent (50%) by
One  Pacific  Corp.  Ms. Soo and One Pacific  Corp.  are  unaffiliated  with the
Company.  The property was  purchased for a total of  approximately  $729,000 in
1989 of which  $568,551 of the  principal has been paid as of March 31, 1995 and
$162,030 remains  outstanding.  ATRE is obligated for $65,415 on the outstanding
balance of which the Company has guaranteed payment of $65,415.  The outstanding
balance owed to the  unrelated  sellers of Parcel 2 is  evidenced by  promissory
note  bearing  interest at the  approximate  average  annual  rate of 9.5%.  The
promissory  note is secured  by Parcel 2 and has terms  which  expired  April 1,
1995.

            The  Promissory  Note maturity dates and original land owners are as
follows:

            (a)                           Kasma
$121,445.43 04/01/96
            Parcel 1
            (b)                           Swanson
$120,000.00 12/31/95
            Parcel 1
            (c)                           Knable
$204,000.00 04/01/96
            Parcel 1
            (d)                           Fisher                         $
53,316.00   01/01/96                                                   Parcel
1
            (e)                           Dewey                            $


                                        7

<PAGE>



65,414.57   04/01/95                                                    Parcel
2

            Upon the sale or  development  of the  land,  the  proceeds  will be
repaid to all the lenders that loaned ATRE money for land acquisition  costs and
advances  based on their  ownership  percentage.  The remaining  balance will be
distributed  among  all  the  shareholders  of ATRE  based  on  their  ownership
percentage.

            The  partnership  agreement  requires  that all partners  contribute
capital or loans  according to the  shareholders'  percentages  required by ATRE
whenever they are due either for land acquisition, principal, interest, property
taxes or other expenses. As of March 31, 1995, Mr. Kuo has contributed a balance
of  $396,394.48,   Mr.  Chen  has  contributed   $379,574.53  and  DEC  is  owed
$1,168,019.00,   including  accrued  interest.   The  source  of  the  Company's
contributions have been primarily from the financing activities of the Company.

            Presently,  the 22 acres of land,  located  at I-205 & 83rd  Street,
Vancouver,  Washington,  have a  completed  design  by an  Architecture  firm to
sub-divide  the land into 25 parcels for commercial  buildings for  development.
The sales  brochure is completed in both English and Chinese.  This will provide
the conceptual  idea in order to sell to an  Investor/developer  to purchase the
property  outright  and develop it. The plan is to sell the property in the next
12 months to recover  investment  and  realize a profit  for DEC.  On the second
parcel of 6.5 acres,  the  Company  has asked a Real  Estate  Brokerage  firm to
handle the sale. Presently, a major Hotel operator has shown an interest in this
property.  The Pacific N.W. region's economy is better than Southern  California
and  therefore  the  Company  believes it has an  opportunity  to sell this land
within the next 12 months.  On January 19, 1994,  ATRE entered into an agreement
to sell Parcel 1 for  $4,400,000  to a  non-affiliate.  In August of 1994,  this
agreement  was canceled  due to the final  user's  request for a two year delay.
ATRE will now market this land on a  sub-division  concept and believes this can
be completed and approved by the authorities in 1995. The Company  believes that
the  sales  of the  ATRE  parcels  will be  accomplished  in 1996 and 50% of the
proceeds  will be utilized to repay the Company in 1996 based upon the Company's
percentage  of  investment  of 50%.  The  Company  intends  to use the  funds it
receives from the  consummation  of the sale to improve the Company's  cash flow
for use in the Company's operations.

Employees

            As of March 31, 1995, the Company employed 114 people, 4 executives;
93  in  manufacturing  and  warehousing  and  related  activities;   and  17  in
administration, sales and related activities. During the peak season the Company
has employed an additional 80  individuals  in the  manufacturing  operations to
help with the  surge  for  Christmas  sales  orders.  The  Company  reduces  its
manufacturing  force after the peak season to improve the  profitability  of the
operations  when sales orders  decline.  Neither the Company's or the California
Subsidiary's  employees  are  unionized.  Management  believes  that it has good
working relations with its employees.

Item 2.     PROPERTIES

            The Company  leases  41,500  square feet of space at 1395  Manassero
Street,  Anaheim,  California from a  non-affiliated  party at a monthly rent of
$14,108.85.  Pursuant to an amendment to the lease, the Company agreed to extend
the lease until July 31, 1996  subject to a five (5%)  percent  annual  increase
commencing at the end of the current term. The Company subleases the facility to
Central Video for the remainder of the lease terms. The Company  previously used
the facility as its headquarters.  After completing the transaction with Central
Video, the Company has moved its headquarters to its previous Custom Duplicating
Division office located at 3961 E. Miraloma  Avenue,  Anaheim,  California 92806
until the end of the lease or when Central

                                        8

<PAGE>



Video deems necessary to move, whichever is earlier.

            The  Company  leases  5,805  square  feet at 3961  Miraloma  Avenue,
Anaheim,  California from a  non-affiliated  party for a monthly rent of $3,250,
terminating in January 31, 1996.

            The  Company  leases  1,200  square  feet  at 4400  Route  9  South,
Freehold,  New Jersey from a  non-affiliated  party for a monthly rent of $1,600
for the  purpose  of  marketing  and sales of the video  tape  products  for its
Multi-Media Division. The lease expires in May 1997.


            On June 27,  1995,  the  Company  entered  into a new lease  with an
non-affiliated  party for  additional  warehouse  space for a monthly  rental of
$3,637, for six months.

            The  Company  leased  one (1)  retail  office in  California  from a
non-affiliated  party  which  carried an annual rent  obligation  of $31,962 per
year. The lease was terminated in January 1993.

            The Company believes that it has sufficient space for operations for
the next twelve months.

Item 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

            Curtis  Saj,  individually  and as Parent and  Natural  Guardian  of
Melissa Saj, An Infant v. Trans-Atlantic  Video, Inc., Revco D.S., Inc., and Odd
Lot Trading,  Inc. (Supreme Court of New York,  County of Montgomery,  Index No.
91-43).  This action was commenced on December 12, 1990. This case is a products
liability  case wherein the  plaintiffs  allege that they purchased a children's
videotape which contained pornographic  material.  Plaintiffs seek $5 million in
damages.  Discovery is presently being conducted.  The Company intends to file a
motion seeking to eliminate certain of the tort claims which do not have a legal
basis;  and (2) to  implead  a third  party who may have  been  responsible  for
placing the pornographic material onto the videotape.

            PPX Enterprises, Inc. v. Trans-Atlantic Corp. and Diamond
Entertainment Corp., (United States District Court, Southern District
of New York, Civil Action No. 92 Civ. 1749).  In this action commenced
on March 11, 1992 the plaintiff alleges that it is the owner of
various copyrights for dramatic and musical compositions of a number
of children's stories including Rapunzel, Sleeping Beauty and Alice
in Wonderland and that the defendants infringed upon plaintiff's
copyrights.  The complaint demands monetary damages flowing from the
alleged copyright infringement, an award of statutory damages, a
preliminary and permanent injunction enjoining the defendants from any
further distribution of the alleged infringing materials and legal
fees.  The Company has answered the complaint and denied many of the
allegations and asserted a number of affirmative defenses to the
action.  The litigation was settled for $99,000.00

            Vaughn Communications, Inc. v. Diamond Entertainment
Corporation and American Business Enterprises Corporate Publications,
Inc. ("ABC"), (Minnesota State Court, County of Hennepin).  In a
complaint dated August 8, 1992, plaintiff seeks damages in an
unspecified amount in excess of $50,000 and an injunction against
defendant with respect to a certain videotape.  The complaint alleges
four causes of action against the Company, including allegations that
the Company is in possession of a master videotape which plaintiff
alleges it had exclusive rights to duplicate, that the Company has
interfered with plaintiff's contract for video duplication services
and that the Company has engaged in unfair competition.  The Company
believes that there are substantial and viable defenses and
counterclaims against plaintiff, and has answered the complaint.  On
April 15, 1994, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with
American Business Enterprise Corporate Publications, Inc. ("ABC").
The Company paid ABC an amount of $9,000.  In June 1994, the Company


                                        9

<PAGE>



entered into a settlement agreement with Vaughn Communications Inc. for $85,000.
The Company was responsible for payment of $42,500 to the plaintiff, the balance
of   $42,500  is  to  be  paid  by  another   unaffiliated   defendant,   NuSkin
International, Inc.

            Marshalls, Inc. v. Transatlantic Video, Inc.  (Massachusetts
Superior Court, Civ. Action No. 94-7329)  This action was commenced
on December 19, 1994 by Marshalls, Inc. ("Plaintiff") against the
Company.  Plaintiff alleges breach of contract by the Company
Marshalls, Inc. ("Plaintiff") returned video tapes to Transatlantic
Video, Inc. for which Marshalls did not receive a refund.  The Company
and Marshalls have been engaged in discussions to settle this matter,
however, Marshalls has not provided the Company with any documentation
that supports its claim for a refund.  It is the Company's belief that
the Plaintiff was given credit  or replacement merchandise for any
returned merchandise.  Plaintiff is seeking $42,350.30, treble
damages, attorney's fees and costs.  No discovery has been taken in
this case by either party.

            Michael Agee Productions and Michael Lee Agee v. A.T.I. Mark V, Inc.
and its successor in interest,  Diamond Entertainment  Corporation.  (California
Superior Court, Index No. 735099) In this action,  commenced on August 31, 1994,
the  Plaintiff  alleges  breach of  contract  and  fraud.  The  complaint  seeks
compensatory  damages  according to proof plus interest,  the value of converted
property plus interest, attorneys fees, costs and such other relief as the court
deems  appropriate.  The  Company  has  filed  and  answer  denying  Plaintiff's
allegations and a cross-compliant alleging breach of contract, fraud, deceit and
negligent  representation.  The Company believed that the Plaintiff had received
all monies to which they are entitled and that the lawsuit is without merit.  On
May 3,  1995,  Plaintiff  Michael  Lee  Agee  filed  a  voluntary  petition  for
bankruptcy  and the court was notified that  Plaintiff's  counsel that the civil
action was stayed.  Mr. Agee represented  himself in the bankruptcy.  On May 26,
1995, the bankruptcy court dismissed the bankruptcy  petition because  Plaintiff
has failed to file certain required  schedules.  On June 16, 1995, the notice of
stay in the civil  action was  considered  moot by the Court and the Court set a
trial date. The Company has attempted to take some discovery, however, Plaintiff
has not cooperated. A trial date was originally scheduled for November 20, 1995,
and prior thereto the parties reached a verbal agreement to settle the case. The
settlement  provided  for no payment by the  Company  and the  dismissal  of the
complaint and  cross-complaint.  On September 19, 1995, plaintiff filed a notice
of settlment with the court which caused the  postponment of the trial date. The
plaintiff has refused to sign a settlement  agreement to date and the trial date
has been rescheduled to April 15, 1996.

            The  Company  does not believe  that an adverse  decision in any one
lawsuit  would  have a  material  adverse  impact on the  Company  however,  the
aggregate  affect  of  an  adverse  decision  in  a  majority  of  the  lawsuits
outstanding could have a material adverse impact on the Company.

Item 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
                                          None.

                                       10

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON
                                          EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS.

            The Common  Stock of the  Company is traded in the  over-the-counter
market and was  quoted on the  NASDAQ  system  until it was  delisted  on August
16,1994. The high and low bid quotations for the Common Stock for each quarterly
period of the  Company's  last two fiscal  years are listed  below.  There is no
public trading market for the Units or the Class B Warrants  contained  therein,
offered pursuant to this Prospectus, or the Preferred Stock.

                    Common Stock
                    High    Low

1991
   1st quarter        1/2   1 3/8
   2nd quarter      1 3/8     1/8
   3rd quarter        1/8     3/4
   4th quarter        3/4     3/8

1992
   1st quarter      1         1/4
   2nd quarter      13/16     1/2
   3rd quarter      13/16     1/2
   4th quarter      23/32     9/32

1993
   1st quarter      11/32     7/32
   2nd quarter      13/32     5/32
   3rd quarter      4 3/8     1 1/8
   4th quart  2 1/4                       7/8

1994
   1st quart 7/8                           5/8
   2nd quart5/8                            1/4
   3rd quart5/16                           1/10
   4th quart11/16                          1/4

1995
   1st quart1/4                          1/8
   2nd quart1/8                         1/10


            The  quotations  set forth in the table above  reflect  inter-dealer
            prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may not
            necessarily represent actual transactions.

            On July 19,  1995 the closing  "bid"  price of the Common  Stock was
$.08 and the closing "asked" price was $.15.

            As of July 19, 1995, there were  approximately 960 holders of record
of the Company's Common Stock.


                                       11

<PAGE>




Item 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

            See Financial  Statements following Item 14 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

 Item 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS OR ACCOUNTING
            AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

            None.


        38

<PAGE>



                                    PART III

Item 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

            The  directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Company are listed
below,  followed by a brief description of their business  experience during the
past five years.


Name
                                          Age
              Position

James K.T. Lu
            48
Chairman of The Board;


            Chief Executive Officer;


            Secretary and Director

Thomas Cheng
            52                                                             Vice
Chairman of the Board;


            President and Director

Stanley Shih
            47                                                             Chief
Financial Officer


            and Treasurer

Jeffrey I. Schillen                                                        49
                                          Executive Vice President Sales


            and Marketing and Director

Louis Chase
            48                                                           Senior
Vice President and Chief

                                          Operating Officer and Director

Sam H.M. Chang
            52
Director

Murray T. Scott                                                            73
                                          Director


            In  November,  1993,  Jeffrey  I.  Schillen  and  Louis  Chase  were
appointed by the Board, in accordance with the By-Laws of the Company,  as Class
1 directors.  In addition,  the Board voted to increase the size of the Board of
Directors to seven (7), in accordance with the


                                       39

<PAGE>



By-Laws of the Company, and appointed Sam Chang as a Class 1 director and Murray
Scott as a Class 2 director.  All  directors  hold office for terms of three (3)
years and until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  scheduled  to vote on
such class of Directors and the election and  qualification  of their respective
successors.  Directors receive no compensation for serving on the Board,  except
for  reimbursement  of  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  attending  meetings.
Officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors and, subject to existing
employment agreements, serve at the discretion of the Board.

            Under the certificate of incorporation of the Company  ("Certificate
of Incorporation"),  the Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three
(3)  classes,  with each  class to be elected by the  shareholders  every  three
years.  The Company's Board presently  consists of six (6) directors:  three (3)
Class 1 directors  whose terms expire in 1995,  two (2) Class 2 directors  whose
terms expire in 1994 and one (1) Class 3 directors whose terms expire in 1996.

Background of Executive Officers and Directors

            Stanley Shih (Chief Financial Officer).  Mr. Shih was
appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Company in April 1995.  Since
January 1994, Mr. Shih has been Controller of the Company.  From 1981
to the time he joined the Company, he was a Senior Financial Auditor
for Transamerica Financial Corporation.  From 1970 to 1976, Mr. Shih
was a loan officer in the Land Bank of Taiwan.  Mr. Shih graduated
with a BS from the National Taiwan University.  From 1977 to 1979, Mr.
Shih attended Eastern Michigan University obtaining a graduate degree
in accounting.  Mr. Shih is a certified public accountant in
California.

            Jeffrey I. Schillen  (Class 1 Director).  Mr.  Schillen is Executive
Vice  President of Sales and Marketing of the Company and has been a Director of
the Company  since  inception in April of 1986.  Prior to the  Acquisition,  Mr.
Schillen was the President  and Treasurer of the Company since April 1986.  From
May 1984 to April 1986, Mr. Schillen was President and Chief  Operating  Officer
of Music Corner Inc., a retail record, tape and video chain which he co-founded.
From 1974 to April 1984,  Mr.  Schillen  founded and served as Vice President in
charge of purchasing,  store openings and  acquisitions of Platter Puss Records,
Inc., a retail record, tape and video chain.

            Louis Chase (Class 1 Director).  Until being appointed as
Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Chase has
served as Vice President of Operations and Production and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since March 1, 1989.  For the prior
five years, Mr. Chase was the sole owner of National Media, Inc.
("NMI"), a video tape duplication company.  From December 1984 to
November 24, 1985, Mr. Chase was Comptroller of Adele Industries, Inc.
("Adele").  On November 24, 1985 Adele ceased operations and its
creditors filed a petition in bankruptcy under Chapter 7 with the
United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey.  Mr.
Chase was awarded his B.S. degree by Pace University in 1974.

            Sam Hsiung Ming Chang (Class 1 Director).  Mr. Chang was
appointed as a director by the Board of Directors in November 1993
when the Board was increased to seven (7) members.  Mr. Chang has been
the general manager of Jiung Hwa Enterprises, a video winder
manufacturer located in Taipel, Taiwan, since 1973.

       40

<PAGE>



            James Lu (Class 2 Director).  Mr. Lu has been a director of
the Company and Chairman of the Board of Directors since February 28,
1989.  Mr. Lu was elected as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and Secretary of the Company as of March 1, 1990.  In July
1991, Mr. Lu was appointed to the additional position of President.
In order to involve other executives in the management of the Company,
Mr. Lu resigned in September 1991 as President and Chief Operating
Officer and Mr. Cheng was appointed to such positions.  Mr. Lu was
President and Chief Executive Officer of the California Subsidiary
from 1985 to 1990.  Mr. Lu received his B.S.I.E. degree from Chung
Yuen University Taiwan in 1969, his M.S.I.E. degree from the Illinois
Institute of Technology in 1972 and a Masters of Business
Administration (M.B.A.) from California State University in 1981.

            Murray T. Scott (Class 2 Director).  Mr. Scott was appointed
as a director by the Board of Directors in November 1993 when the
Board was increased to seven (7) members.  Mr. Scott has been the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Gregg's Furniture, a custom
furniture building business in Victoria, Canada, since 1958.  His
involvement with Gregg's Furniture today is currently in a consulting
and advisory capacity.

            Thomas Cheng (Class 3 Director).  Mr. Cheng was the
Company's Vice Chairman of the Board and President. In May, 1995, Mr.
Cheng terminated his employment contract and surrendered 146,659
shares of the Preferred Stock to the Company's treasury as a result
of the April 1995 sale of the custom duplication division.  Mr. Cheng
was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company in
September 1991 in order to assist Mr. Lu in the management of the
Company.  In July 1991, Mr. Cheng was elected as a Director and
appointed Vice President of the Company.  Prior to the acquisition of
the Company's California Subsidiary (the "Acquisition"), and since
1982, Mr. Cheng has been Vice-President of Operations for the
California Subsidiary's duplication division.  He earned his Bachelors
Degree in Industrial Engineering from Melbourne University in
Melbourne Australia in 1968 and received his Masters of Business
Administration from Pepperdine University in 1978.

            The  Company  has no  standing  audit,  nominating  or  compensation
committee, or committees performing similar functions except with respect to the
Company's stock option plan. See "RESTRICTED  STOCK PLAN." During the year ended
March 31, 1995, the Company held four (4) Board meetings.  No director  attended
less than 75% of such  meetings.  No director  of the  Company  has  resigned or
declined to stand for  re-election  due to a disagreement on any matter relating
to the Company's operations, policies or practices.




                                       41

<PAGE>





Executive Compensation

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


                      Annual Compensation                Long-Term Compensation

                                                   Awards                Payouts

            (a)                            (b)                      (c)     (d)
                 (e)                         (f)                          (g)
                                          (h)                              (i)

<TABLE>

            Other                         Restricted     Securities


            Annual                        Stock                                  Underlying
            LTIP                          All Other
Name and Principal Position               Year                             Salary   Bonus
            Compensation                  Award                                  Options/SARs
            Payouts  Compensation
<S>                           <C>             <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>    <C>

James Lu                1994  $185,7180        0         0           0          0     $37,988.98
 Chief Executive Officer1993   166,0000        0         0           0          0      42,495.59
                        1992   106,1670        0         0           0          0      27,260

Thomas Cheng            1994  $127,4120        0         0           0          0     $28,138.20
 President              1993   128,5000        0         0           0          0      34,172.58
                        1992    89,8330        0         0           0          0      30,648

Edward Winters          1994  $ 22,5000        0         0           0          0     $ 6,066.12
 Vice President         1993    90,0000        0         0           0          0      37,007.28
                        1992    73,5000        0         0           0          0      55,726

Jeffrey I. Schillen     1994  $113,5500        0         0           0          0     $26,340.04
 Executive Vice Presiden1993   106,5000        0         0           0          0      28,219.07
                        1992    73,5000        0         0           0          0      26,138

Louis Chase             1994  $113,5500        0         0           0          0     $29,846.58
 Senior Vice President  1993   106,5000        0         0           0          0      30,355.46
                        1992    73,5000        0         0           0          0      24,965
                                 ---
</TABLE>

Employment Agreements

      Mr. Lu entered into an employment  agreement with the Company for a period
of ten (10) years  commencing on January 1, 1991. Mr. Lu shall receive  $150,000
per year,  subject to annual  adjustments.  The Company also  maintains two life
insurance  policies on Mr. Lu, both of which total  $1,500,000  and name General
Bank, the lender for the Company's  line of credit,  as  beneficiary.  Beginning
June,  1992, the amount was reduced to an aggregate of  $1,000,000.  The Company
also pays Mr.  Lu's  medical  insurance  premiums,  and  leasing  and  insurance
payments for Mr. Lu's automobile, aggregating $15,752.81 per annum.

      The Company has  employment  agreements  with both Jeffrey I. Schillen and
Louis Chase  expiring on  December  31,  2000.  Pursuant to the  agreement,  Mr.
Schillen  and Mr.  Chase  will each  receive an annual  salary of $90,000  and a
discretionary bonus as determined by the Board of Directors which may not exceed
2% of the Company's  annual pre-tax  income from  operations.  In addition,  the
Company maintains a $1,000,000 life insurance policy for the benefit of Mr.
Schillen's designated beneficiary.

      The Company  entered into an employment  agreement with Lewis Wilson for a
term of three (3) years commencing August 1, 1992, subject to extensions.  Under
this Agreement, Mr. Wilson serves as a Vice-President of the Company and head of
the Company's Custom


                                      42

<PAGE>



Video  Duplication  Division,  and will receive a salary of $84,000,  plus sales
commissions  and over-rides  based upon sales volume.  The employment  agreement
further  provides  that Mr.  Wilson shall be granted  stock options to acquire a
maximum of 500,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  based upon the volume
of personal sales by Mr. Lewis during a five-year period commencing August 1992.
Mr.
Wilson resigned his position in January 1993.

      None of the employment  agreements  which the Company have with any of the
executives,  indicated  above,  provides for any specific  compensation  to such
individuals should their respective employment agreements be terminated prior to
expiration of the term of such agreements.


Restricted Stock Plan

      On May 25, 1989,  the Company's  directors and  stockholders  approved the
Company's 1989 restricted  stock plan (the  "Restricted  Plan")  authorizing the
granting of shares of Common  Stock.  Pursuant  to the  Restricted  Plan,  up to
100,000 shares of Common Stock subject to certain restrictions, (the "Restricted
Shares")  could be granted to officers  and other key  employees  of the Company
until May 2, 1994. The Board of Directors is  responsible  for  determining  the
individual who will be granted Restricted Shares, the consideration,  if any, to
be paid by the grantee,  and the terms and conditions of the Restricted  Shares.
The  terms  and  conditions  of each  grant  of  Restricted  Shares  need not be
identical  to  previous  grants.  No  officer  who  serves  as a  director  will
participate in the granting of Restricted Shares to himself.

      On May 25,  1989,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  a total  of  85,000
Restricted Shares to certain officers of the Company.  The foregoing  Restricted
Shares are not transferable  unless certain  financial  performance goals of the
Company  are met.  Such  goals  have been set  based  upon  after-tax  income of
$350,000 for fiscal 1989;  $600,000  for fiscal 1990 and  $1,000,000  for fiscal
1991. In the event such income levels are not met in any year, one-third of each
of the  grantee's  Restricted  Shares  will be  forfeited  and  returned  to the
Company.  The  Company  did not meet  any of the  financial  performance  goals.
Accordingly, all of the Restricted Shares have been forfeited as a result of the
Company's  failure to meet the performance goals for fiscal 1989, 1990 and 1991,
respectively.

Stock Options

      On October 12, 1988, the Company's directors and stockholders approved the
Company's 1988 Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") authorizing the granting of
incentive options and non-qualified  options. The incentive options are intended
to qualify under  Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Pursuant to the Option Plan,  options to purchase up to 10,000  shares of Common
Stock may be granted to officers,  directors  and key  employees of the Company.
The  Stock  Option  Committee,   consisting  of  Messrs.  Lu  and  Schillen,  is
responsible for determining  the  individuals who will be granted  options,  the
number of shares to be subject to each option,  the option price per share,  and
the exercise  period of each option.  The option price will not be less than the
fair  market  value of the  Company's  Common  Stock on the date the  option  is
granted. Options may be exercised by


                                      43

<PAGE>



payment of cash.  No option will have a term in excess of ten
years.

      As to any stockholder who owns 10% or more of the Company's  Common Stock,
the option price per share of an  incentive  option will be no less than 110% of
the fair market value of the  Company's  Common Stock on the date the  incentive
options  are granted  and such  options  shall not have a term in excess of five
years. No stock options have been granted to date.

Item 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
           BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

      The  following  table sets forth  information  as of July 11,  1995,  with
respect to the beneficial  ownership of the outstanding  shares of the Company's
Preferred  Stock and Common  Stock by each person known by the Company to be the
beneficial  owner  of  more  than  5% of the  outstanding  shares,  each  of the
directors and all directors and executive  officers as a group.  See  "DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT."  Unless  otherwise  indicated below,
such  individuals  have the sole power to control  the vote and  dispose of such
shares of capital stock.

<TABLE>

                                   Percentage
                                                                       Shares of   (%) of
                              Shares     Percentage                                Common Stock Common Stock
                              of         (%) of            Shares      Assuming    Assuming
                              Common             Total                 of          Conversion ofConversion
                              Stock      Common            Preferred   Preferred   of Preferred
Name                          Owned              Stock                 Stock(8)    Stock        Stock (8)
- ----                          ------             ----------            ---------   ----------------------

<S>                                 <C>                   <C>                      <C>     <C>       <C>    

Louis Chase (1)(5)(6)...             10,000                0.07%                    30,769 60,000      0.44%
c/o Diamond Entertainment
  Corporation
920 Route 33 East
Freehold, NJ  07728

Sam H. M. Chang (6).....              -0-        -0-                    75,752      147,716      1.08%
c/o Diamond Entertainment
  Corporation
1395 Manassero Street
Anaheim, CA  92807

Thomas K. Cheng .........       -0-      -0-                 -0-            -0-     -0-%
c/o Diamond Entertainment
  Corporation
1395 Manassero Street
Anaheim, CA  92807

James K.T. Lu (2)(6)....              8,212,785  59.97%                209,287        408,110   2.98%
c/o Diamond Entertainment
  Corporation
1395 Manassero Street
Anaheim, CA  92807

Jeffrey I. Schillen
  (3)(4)(6).............         20,750  0.15%              36,282         70,750   0.52%
c/o Diamond Entertainment
  Corporation
920 Route 33 East
Freehold, NJ  07728

Murray Scott (6)........              -0-        -0-                    75,796        147,802    1.08%
c/o Diamond Entertainment
  Corporation
1395 Manassero Street
Anaheim, CA  92807

Pacesetter Int'l Co.....            2,538,446    18.84%                  -0-           -0- -0-

All directors and
 officers as a group
 (6 persons)............               8,243,535 60.19%                427,886       839,3786.10%

</TABLE>



                                            44

<PAGE>





(1)   Mr. Chase is a Senior Vice President of the Company.

(2)   Mr. Lu is the Chief Executive Officer; Secretary and Director
      of the Company.

(3)   Mr. Schillen may be deemed a "parent" or "promoter" of the Company as such
      terms are defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  by virtue of
      being a founder and a Senior Executive Vice President of the Company.

(4)   Includes  8,710 shares of Common Stock issued  pursuant to the  Restricted
      Stock Plan which shares are to be returned in accordance with the terms of
      the Restricted Stock Plan.

(5)   Includes  4,198 shares of Common Stock issued  pursuant to the  Restricted
      Stock Plan which shares are to be returned in accordance with the terms of
      the Restricted Stock Plan.

(6)   The Preferred Stock entitles the holder to 1.95 votes for each share owned
      and each share may be converted into 1.95 shares of Common Stock.

      On March 31, 1990, in  consideration  for the issuance of 60,000 shares of
capital  stock  of the  California  Subsidiary,  certain  individuals  including
Messrs.  Lu,  Cheng  and  Winters  issued  unsecured  promissory  notes  to  the
California Subsidiary for $1,380,000.  The promissory notes provided interest at
the annual rate of 9% and were due March 31, 1995. Pursuant to such transaction,
the following individuals issued promissory notes to the California  Subsidiary:
James Lu - $529,000;  Thomas  Cheng - $368,000;  Edward  Winters,  Sam Chang and
Murray Scott - $160,000  each. In connection  with the  Acquisition,  the 60,000
shares  of  the  California  Subsidiary  capital  stock  were  exchanged  for an
aggregate of 1,000,000  shares of the Company's  Preferred  Stock.  On March 31,
1994, the Company canceled the promissory notes which had an aggregate principal
balance of $865,836 and recorded  compensation expense of $865,836.  In December
1994 this  election  was revoked and the shares were  recalculated  at a reduced
price.




Item 13.    CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

      On March 31, 1990, in  consideration  for the issuance of 60,000 shares of
common stock of the California Subsidiary, certain individuals including Messrs.
Lu,  Cheng and  Winters  issued  unsecured  promissory  notes to the  California
Subsidiary for $1,380,000.  The promissory  notes carried interest at the annual
rate of 9% and  are due  March  31,  1995.  Pursuant  to such  transaction,  the
following  individuals  issued  promissory  notes to the California  Subsidiary:
James Lu, who is Chairman,  Chief Executive Officer and Secretary of the Company
- -  $529,000;  Thomas  Cheng  who is  President  and  Director  of the  Company -
$368,000;  Edward  Winters who is a Vice  President and Director of the Company;
Sam Chang and Murray  Scott - $161,000  each.  On March 31,  1994,  the  Company
canceled the promissory  notes with an aggregate  principal  balance of $865,836
and recorded compensation expense for the same amount. On December 20, 1994, the
Board of Directors revoked its

           45

<PAGE>



June 23, 1994  election to forgive the  receivable  and reduced the price on the
unpaid shares of stock to $.125 per share.  In March,  1995, the Company forgave
the  accrued  interest   receivable  of  $274,115  on  the  stock   subscription
receivable.

      On July 15, 1991 as a part of a business  combination with  Trans-Atlantic
Video, Inc., the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of voting preferred stock which
were convertible into 1,950,000 shares of voting common stock.

      The  Company has  advanced  approximately  $1,200,000  to ATRE in order to
enable American Top Real Estate to meet the  obligations and thereby  protecting
the Company's 50% owned investment.  The Company paid $50,000 for a 50% interest
in ATRE. This investment is accounted for on the equity method. The investee has
not  incurred  any  significant  earnings  or  losses to date,  therefore,  this
investment does not reflect any  adjustments for earning and losses.  On January
19, 1994,  ATRE  entered into an amended  agreement to sell a parcel of land for
$4,400,000.  ATRE has a 70% interest in his land. In August of 1994,  the escrow
agreement for  $4,400,000  was canceled on this contract due to the final user's
request for a two year delay. ATRE declined to accommodate this request.

      The Company at December  31, 1993 set up an  allowance  and incurred a bad
debt expense for the receivable from the Estate of Julius Cohen of $342,674. The
Company  reached a  settlement  in this matter and  collected  $65,000 in May of
1994.

      The  Company  has  loaned  money  to its  officers  in the  form  of  note
receivable  totaling $358,149 and $338,566 at an annual interest rate of 10% for
the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Interest income for the
periods presented are $31,231,  $25,754 and $15,997,  respectively.  However, in
1995,  the Company deemed it necessary to provide an allowance of $358,149 based
upon facts and circumstances at that time.

      The Company has outstanding  loans receivable from the following  officers
and directors at March 31, 1995, Thomas Cheng,  Jeffrey Schillen and Louis Chase
in the  aggregate  amount of $358,149.  The loans are due in September  1995 and
interest was forgiven in 1995.

      As of March 31, 1995 the Company is indebted to James Lu, the  Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer in the sum of $40,537 result of loans made
by Mr.  Lu to the  Company  in order to  provide  the  Company  with  additional
operating funds. The loans to Mr. Lu are due July 1, 1995 or upon the successful
completion  of a  public  offering  and  bear  interest  at a rate of ten  (10%)
percent.

      On May 6, 1992, the Company borrowed $150,000 from the former  Underwriter
due November 30, 1993 with annual  interest of 10%. The note stipulated that the
former  Underwriter  would  receive  prepayment  of this note should the Company
realize net cumulative proceeds of $1,000,000 or more from any public of private
financing. As additional consideration, the former Underwriter received a Common
Stock Purchase Warrant for 7,500 shares of Common Stock,  exercisable at a price
of $15 per share for a term of three (3) years.

      On May 20, 1992 and May 27, 1992, an aggregate of $100,000 was

     46

<PAGE>



borrowed from the former  Underwriter due November 30, 1993 with annual interest
of 10%. In  addition,  on June 2, 9 and 15,  1992,  an aggregate of $150,000 was
borrowed from the former  Underwriter due November 30, 1993 with annual interest
of 10%. As additional  consideration for the May 20 and 27 and June 2, 9 and 15,
1992 loans, the former Underwriter  received a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for
an additional  12,500 shares of Common Stock,  exercisable at a price of $15 per
share for a term of three  (3)  years.  On June 29,  1992 and July 9,  1992,  an
aggregate of $110,000 was borrowed  from the former  Underwriter,  consequently,
the former  Underwriter was issued a new note for the entire amount of $510,000,
canceling the previous notes issued on May 6, May 20, May 27, June 2, June 9 and
June 15,  1992.  In October  1993,  the Company was granted an  extension of the
total  indebtedness  until April 1, 1995.  Interest  rate for the entire note is
still ten percent (10%). As additional consideration for the June 29 and July 9,
1992 loans, the former Underwriter  received a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for
an  additional  5,500 shares of Common Stock  exercisable  at a price of $15 per
share for a term of three (3) years.

      On August 28, 1992, the former Underwriter  voluntarily surrendered to the
Company 55,500  Warrants to purchase  55,500 shares of Common Stock which it had
received in connection with its loans in 1990, 1991 and 1992.

      On August 12, 1992,  the Company  obtained two (2) lines of credit from an
unaffiliated third party in the amounts of $406,900 and $798,135,  respectively,
at twelve  (12%)  percent  interest,  to be  utilized by the Company for general
operating  purposes and for raw materials  and labor in connection  with fifteen
(15) specified projects.  The $406,900 line of credit will terminate on April 1,
1995, or upon the successful  completion of this Offering,  whichever is earlier
and is  collateralized  by a security  interest  (subordinate to that of General
Bank) in (i) the Company's shares of ATRE and (ii) certain accounts,  inventory,
receivables  and  equipment.  The $798,135  line of credit which as of March 31,
1994 had a  balance  of  $345,142,  is  payable  on  April  1,  1995 or upon the
successful  completion  of  a  public  offering  whichever  is  earlier  and  is
collateralized by (i) a first security  interest in certain accounts,  inventory
and equipment in connection  with the 15 specified  projects and (ii) a security
interest in the Company's shares of ATRE  (subordinate to the security  interest
of General  Bank).  In connection  with the lines of credit,  the Company issued
Warrants to purchase up to 25,000 shares of Common  Stock,  for a period of five
(5) years,  at a price of $30.00 per share.  As of March 31, 1995 the  aggregate
balance  under these two lines was $812,455  and in May of 1995 this  obligation
was assigned to the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer.  In July of 1995 this
obligation was converted into equity.


      On November 6, 1992, the Company obtained a revolving  line-of-credit from
an unaffiliated third party of up to a maximum of $600,000. This loan is made in
amounts which are equal to 70% of the pledged invoice's amount and it is secured
by (i) a first  security  interest  in  certain  accounts  receivable  from four
specific  customers and (ii) personally  guaranteed by James Lu and Thomas Cheng
both of whom are officers of the Company.  The Company has committed to borrow a
minimum of two million dollars ($2,000,000) from the Lender during the period of
one (1)  year.  Repayment  of 115% of the  amount  borrowed  is to be made  upon
receipt of any

              47

<PAGE>



payment of pledged  invoices.  The terms of the Line of Credit  provided that in
the event  any  scheduled  payment  is not made  within  120 days of the date of
indebtedness  is incurred,  the Company shall  immediately  repay the Lender the
entire  amount of advanced  principal  against  pledged  invoice,  plus  fifteen
percent  (15%) of such  advances and interest at ten percent  (10%) per annum on
such advance  calculated from the scheduled payment date. The Company repaid all
its outstanding  indebtedness  under this  line-of-credit in January 1994. As of
March 31, 1995 the outstanding balance was $968,494.

      On November 10, 1993, the Company obtained an additional revolving line of
credit up to a maximum of $400,000 from another private  investor.  This loan is
made in amounts  equal to 92.75% of the face amount of the pledged  invoices and
is secured by (i) a first  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable  from five
specific customers and (ii) the personal guarantee by two of the officers of the
Company.  As of March 31, 1995 the Company  owed  $115,000  including an accrued
loan fee of 7.25% from the pledged invoice amount.  The interest rate is 18% per
annum for any repayment not made within 90 days.

      Louis  Chase,  Senior Vice  President  and a Director of the Company is an
owner of National Media, Inc. ("National Media"). On January 8,1990, the Company
entered  into a ten year  agreement  with  National  Media,  whereby the Company
agreed to manage  all  phases of  National  Media's  production  equipment.  The
Company has been paying  National Media  $88,032.36  annually for the use of all
production  equipment.  In addition,  on January 6, 1992,  the Company signed an
agreement  with Sony Corp. of America to guarantee an equipment  lease that Sony
extended to National  Media,  Inc. In the event National Media Inc. fails to pay
Sony,  the Company  will be  responsible  for the  payments.  The monthly  lease
payment was $8,285 and expired on December  31,  1993.  For the year ended March
31,  1994,  the Company has paid  $99,420 to Sony on behalf of NMI.  The Company
treated this payment as equipment rental expense.  Commencing April 1, 1994, the
Company pays NMI $161,999.76 annually for the use of all their equipment.

      National Media has agreed to replace any equipment which becomes obsolete,
based on industry standards.

      The Company also has an option to purchase the production equipment during
the length of the agreement at an agreed upon fair market value.

      In connection  with the line of credit with General Bank,  Messrs.  Lu and
Cheng, and their wives, have agreed to personally  guarantee such amounts. As of
July 20, there is no balance owed to General Bank under the line of credit.

      On July 13, 1992,  the Company  entered into a consulting  agreement  with
U.S. Asian Consulting Group, Inc.  ("USACG")  pursuant to which USACG has agreed
to serve as a business and financial  consultant to the Company (the "Consulting
Agreement") on a month to month basis,  for a fee of $9,000 for each thirty (30)
day period  during the term of the  Consulting  Agreement.  Beginning  September
1992,  the monthly fee payable by the Company to USACG was $18,000,  with $9,000
of each such fee to be paid to USACG each  month,  and the balance of $9,000 per
month to be deferred until the closing of this  Offering,  at which time it will
be paid from the Offering


                                      48

<PAGE>



proceeds.  Under the  Consulting  Agreement,  USACG will  assist the  Company in
obtaining  financing and in its relationships  with the investment and financial
community. The Consulting Agreement terminated in October 1992. On July 13, 1992
and August 13, 1992,  the Company sold to Leonard  Osser,  sole owner of USACG a
total of six thousand  six hundred  thirty two (6,632)  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock at a price of $100 in lieu of the  consulting fee payments for July
and August. Under the Company's agreement with Mr. Osser, the Company has agreed
to include  three  thousand  three  hundred  sixteen  (3,316)  of these  shares,
representing  one-half of the shares, in this registration  statement for public
offer and sale of such shares.

      On April 13, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors  approved the spin-off
of the Custom Duplication business to Central Video, a Mexican company. Pursuant
to this  transaction,  Thomas  Cheng,  the  Company's  former  President and the
General  Manager of Central  Video,  USA Operations  surrendered  his employment
contract and returned  146,654 shares of the Company's  Preferred  Stock back to
the Company as treasury stock.  The  consideration  for the sale was $750,000 of
future duplication  services.  The Company has agreed Central Video a minimum of
$2,500,000 a year of  production  orders for a three year period and also agreed
to pay Thomas Cheng a 3% commission on orders placed with Central Video.

      The Company has entered  into various  royalty  agreements  for  exclusive
licensing of titles for terms of one to five years.  Certain  agreements include
minimum  guaranteed  payments.  For the years  ended  March  31,  1995 and 1994,
royalty  expense  of  $481,080  and  $533,324  was  recorded  pursuant  to these
agreements.

      On July 13,  1992,  the  Company  entered  into a financial  and  business
consulting  agreement  on a month to month  basis for a fee of  $9,000  for each
thirty [30] day period during the term of the Consulting Agreement.  On July 31,
1992 and August 13, 1992,  the Company sold to an individual  of the  consulting
firm a total of 6,632 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $100 in
lieu of the  consulting  fees due for the months of July and August 1992.  Under
the Company's  agreement with the individual,  the Company has agreed to include
3,316 of these  shares,  representing  one-half of shares,  in the  registration
statement.  Commencing  September  1992,  and  monthly  fee  was  $18,000.  This
consulting agreement was terminated in October 1992.

      In 1991, the Company entered into employment agreements with four officers
of the Company for annual  compensation  adjusted by CPI totaling  $442,500 plus
bonuses  and  expenses.  These  agreement  terminate  in the  year  2001 and are
adjusted annually in accordance with the Consumer Price Index.

      In  connection  with  a  settlement   agreement  and  cancellation  of  an
employment agreement reached in July of 1994, the Company has agreed to cancel a
loan  receivable for $56,226 from Edward Winter,  a former employee and director
of the Company.  In consideration for its agent, Mr. Winter has agreed to return
26,269 shares of convertible  preferred stock to the Company. The Company agreed
to pay to Mr. Winter one months  severance  pay and one months  vacation pay for
$22,500.  The  Company  paid a total of  $75,000 as a  settlement  on a ten year
employment agreement in various payments through September 1994.


                      49

<PAGE>



      The Company leases various office and storage facilities,  automobiles and
equipment  operating leases expiring between 1995 and 1999. Rental expense under
operating  leases for the fiscal  year ended March 31,  1995,  1994 and 1993 was
$424,366, $576,376 and $617,722, respectively.

      The following is the approximate  aggregate future minimum rentals for the
next five years for operating leases:

      March 31,
        1996                                    $ 191,036
        1997                                      180,761
        1998                                     155,806
        1999                                      11,426
        2000                                           --
                                                ---------
      Total Future Minimum Lease Payments $ 539,029


      On April 13,  1995,  the Board of  Directors  approved the spin-off of its
custom duplication business. Pursuant to this transaction,  the Company's former
President surrendered his employment contract and returned 146,654 shares of the
Company's preferred stock back to the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with
a carrying value of approximately  $170,000 was transferred from the Company and
the Company's former President assumed all remaining obligations on these assets
of  approximately  $75,000.  The Company agreed to a non compete  agreement with
this new custom duplication venture by the Company's former President.

      On May 8, 1995,  the  Company  closed the sales  agreement  with a Mexican
company,  Central  Video,  for  $750,000 by  allowing  credit to the Company for
future  duplication  services.  The  President  of  Central  Video is the former
President  of  the  Company.   The  Company  is  receiving  $750,000  of  future
duplication  services and is giving up equipment  with a value of  approximately
$630,000.  In addition,  Central Video entered into a sublease for the remaining
thirteen month lease.  The Company has guaranteed the Company's former President
a minimum of  $2,500,000  a year  production  orders  for the next three  years.
Central Video has agreed to provide a maximum of a $3,000,000 90 day credit line
to the Company.  The Company has agreed to pay the Company's  former President a
3% commission on orders the Company places with Central Video.
      During  the  December  31,  1993  quarter,  four  preferred   shareholders
converted  a total of  194,935  shares of the  Company's  preferred  stock  into
380,122  shares of the Company's  common stock.  These  shareholders  sold their
shares of common stock at $1.20 per share and utilized the proceeds to pay their
stock subscription.

      Also during the December 31, 1993 quarter,  another preferred  shareholder
converted 148,891 shares of the Company's preferred stock into 290,339 shares of
the Company's common stock. The shareholder sold these shares of common stock at
$1.50 per share and made  available  to the Company a $400,000  credit line from
the proceeds of the stock sale.

      On February 16, 1994, at is annual  shareholder's  meeting, an approval to
increase the  authorized  common stock of the Company from  5,000,000  shares of
common stock, no par value, to 15,000,000 shares was received.

      Earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of


<PAGE>



common shares  outstanding  for the years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 as
restated to include the number of shares issued in the business combination with
TAV  reflecting  conversion  for a preferred  share of stock into 1.95 shares of
common stock.  The weighted  average number of shares have been adjusted for all
periods to reflect the one-for  twenty  reverse stock split  effected on July 2,
1993.

      Also on June 20, 1995,  the Company  accepted an offer by an  unaffiliated
Company to convert an outstanding obligation for approximately  1,700,000 shares
of the Company's  common stock.  The conversion is effectuated at $.26 per share
of common stock.  The market value at the time of conversion  was $.10 per share
of common stock.

      On June 20, 1995,  the Company  accepted an offer by the  Company's  Chief
Executive Offer to convert an outstanding  obligation to him totaling $1,131,434
into  9,051,231  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock.  The  conversion  is
effectuated at a 25% premium rate of $.125 per share of common stock. The market
value at the time of conversion was $.10 per share of common stock.

      The Company  believes each of the foregoing  transactions  are on terms no
less favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

                                    PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement
            Schedules and Reports on Form 10-K
(a) (1)Financial Statements

      The following financial statements are included in Part IV, Item 14:

Report of Independent Certified Public AccountantsB-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Assets) at
 March 31, 1995 and 1994                                    B-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets, Liabilities and
 Stockholders' Equity for the years
  March 31, 1995 and 1994                             B-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
 years ended March 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993          B-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'
 Equity for the years March 31, 1992,
 1993, 1994 and 1995                                        B-5

Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 1995,  1994
 and 1993 B-6 - B-7

Notes to Financial Statements                               B-8 - B-19

(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules

Independent Auditors Report on
 Supplementary Schedules                                    S-1


         51

<PAGE>



Schedule VIII - Valuation and Qualifying
 Accounts                                                         S-2

(a)(3) Exhibits.
      The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this filing. Where so
indicated by footnote,  the exhibits have been  previously  filed and are hereby
incorporated by reference.

Exhibit No.


2.1   Agreement dated December 28, 1990, by and among the Company,
      the California Subsidiary and the shareholders of the
      California Subsidiary*****

3.1   Articles of Incorporation, as amended**

3.2   By-laws, as amended**

4.1   Certificate for shares of Common Stock**

10.1  Agreement between the Registrant and the California
      Subsidiary, as amended on March 13, 1989***

10.2  Agreement between the Registrant and Aims Media, Inc., dated
      October 12, 1988**

10.3  Agreement between Registrant and Hollywood Video, Inc., dated
      May 18, 1988**

10.4  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey I.
      Schillen, dated January 1, 1989**

10.5  Sublease agreement between National Media and the Registrant,  dated March
      1, 1989, for property leased at 920 Route 33, Freehold, New Jersey**

10.6  Registrant's Incentive Stock Option Plan, effective January 1,
      1989**

10.7  Registrant's Restricted Stock Plan, effective May 25, 1989**

10.8  Consulting Agreement between Registrant and Hibbard Brown &
      Co., Inc**

10.9  Amended Agreement between the Registrant and the California
      Subsidiary dated September 9, 1989****

10.10 Agreement between the Registrant and Imageways, Inc.,
            dated February 1, 1990****


10.11 Agreement between the Registrant and Majestic Entertainment,
      Inc., dated February 2, 1990****

10.12 Agreement between the Registrant and American Media, Inc.,
      dated January 1, 1990****

10.13 Agreement between the Registrant and Coe Films, Inc., dated
      February 15, 1990****

10.14 Agreement between the Registrant and the California
      Subsidiary, dated December 29, 1990****

               52

<PAGE>




10.15 Employment Agreement between James Lu and the Company's
      California Subsidiary*

10.16 Form of Exclusive Agreement with Independent Distributors of
      Multi-Level Marketing Company*

10.17 Lease for Office Space in Anaheim, California*

10.18 Employment Agreement between Edward Winters and the Company's
      California Subsidiary*

10.19 Employment Agreement between Thomas Cheng and the Company's
      California Subsidiary*

10.20 Loan Agreement and Related Documents between General Bank and
      the California Subsidiary dated December 27, 1990*

10.21 Unsecured Promissory Notes of certain stockholders of the
      Company, aggregating $1,380,000*

10.22 $150,000 Promissory Note to Hibbard Brown & Co., Inc. dated
      September 11, 1991*

10.23 $50,000 Promissory Note to Hibbard Brown & Co., Inc. dated
      September 24, 1991*

10.24 $100,000 Promissory Note to Hibbard Brown & Co., Inc. dated
      October 2, 1991*

10.25 Form of Agreement by and between JVC and the Company dated
      June 25, 1991*

10.26 Agreement by and between Macrovision Corporation and the
      Company dated May 23, 1991*

10.27 General Bank Loan Extension Agreements*

10.28 Employment Agreement between Roger Wu and the Company's
      California Subsidiary*

10.29 $500,000 Promissory Note to First National Realty Associates,
      Inc. dated June 28, 1991*

10.31 Form of Financial Consulting Agreement by and between the
      Company and Hibbard Brown & Co., Inc.(1)

10.32 $510,000 Promissory Note to Hibbard Brown & Co., Inc. dated as
      of July 9, 1992.

22.1  Subsidiaries*

*           Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration
            Statement on Form S-1, No. 33-4213 dated November 29, 1991.

**    Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Registration
      Statement on Form S-18, No. 33-33997.

***   Incorporated  by  reference  to  Amendment  No.  1  to  the   Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-18 filed with the Securities and Exchange
      Commission on June 14, 1989 under Registration Number 33-27596.

          53

<PAGE>



****  Incorporated  by  reference  to  Amendment  No.  3  to  the   Registrant's
      Registration Statement on Form S-18 filed with the Securities and Exchange
      Commission on August 11, 1989 under Registration Number 33-27596.

***** Incorporated  by reference to the Company's proxy statement dated June 11,
      1991.

                      54

<PAGE>



                                    SIGNATURE

      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  Anaheim, California
        April __, 1996
                                          DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORP.


                                          By:/s/ James. K.T. Lu
                                             James K.T. Lu
                                             Chairman of the Board,
                                             Chief Executive Officer;
                                             President; Secretary and
                                             Director

                                          By:/s/ Stanley Shih
                                             Stanley Shih
                                             Principal Financial Officer and
                                             Treasurer

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                           Title             Date


/s/ James K.T. LU                   Chairman of the Board   April __, 1996
- -------------------------
James K.T. Lu                 Chief Executive
                                    Officer; President;
                                    Secretary and Director

/s/ Stanley Shih                    Chief Operating         April __, 1996
- ------------------------
Stanley Shih                        Officer and Treasurer

                                    Executive Vice          April __, 1996
Jeffrey I. Schillen                 President Sales and
                                    Marketing and Director

/s/ Louis Chase                     Sr. V.P. Operations     April __, 1996
- -------------------------
Louis Chase                   and Production
                                    and Director


Sam H.M. Chang                      Director          April __, 1996


Murray T. Scott                     Director          April __, 1996


/s/ Thomas Cheng              Director          April __, 1996
Thomas Cheng
                                         SIGNATURE

      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated:  Anaheim, California
        April __, 1996
                                          DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORP.



                                          By:
                                             James K.T. Lu
                                             Chairman of the Board,
                                             Chief Executive Officer;


<PAGE>



                                             President; Secretary and
                                             Director


                                          By:
                                             Stanley Shih
                                             Principal Financial Officer and
                                             Treasurer

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                           Title             Date


                                    Chairman of the Board   April __, 1996
James K.T. Lu                       Chief Executive
                                    Officer; President;
                                    Secretary and Director

                                    Chief Operating         April __, 1996
Stanley Shih                        Officer and Treasurer


                                    Executive Vice          April __, 1996
Jeffrey I. Schillen                 President Sales and
                                    Marketing and Director

                                    Sr. V.P. Operations     April __, 1996
Louis Chase                         and Production
                                    and Director


Sam H.M. Chang                      Director                April __, 1996




Murray T. Scott                     Director                April __, 1996


                        Director                April __, 1996
Thomas Cheng





      Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                                    DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
                                    Registrant



                                    By: /s/ James Lu
                                         James Lu, Chairman of the Board,
                                         Chief Executive Officer; President;
                                         Secretary and Director


Dated: April 2, 1996



I:\WP60\DATA\EDGAR\DIAMOND.WPD

<PAGE>



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                 Item-Page


I. Diamond Entertainment Corporation
   - Independent Auditor's Report...........................B-1 ....
   - Balance Sheets.........................................B-2 ....B-3
   - Statements of Operations...............................B-4 ....
   - Statements of Stockholders' Equity.....................B-5 ....
   - Statements of Cash Flows...............................B-6 ....B-7
   - Notes to Financial Statements..........................B-8 ....B-19
   - Independent Auditor's Report on Supplementary Schedule.S-1
   - Schedule VIII..........................................S-2






                            . . . . . . . . . . . . . .



<PAGE>



Item 6:

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



The following summary of financial  information reflects the reverse acquisition
completed  pursuant to an agreement with  Trans-Atlantic  Video, Inc. ["TAV"] on
July 15,  1991,  which  has been  accounted  for under  the  purchase  method of
accounting.  Since the  Acquisition  was recorded as a "reverse  acquisition" in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the historical data of
TAV prior to June 30, 1991 has been excluded.
<TABLE>

                                           Y e a r s  e n d e d  M a r c h  3 1,
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                             1995      1 9 9 4      1 9 9 3      1 9 9 2     1 9 9 1
                                           -------      -------      -------      -------     -------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>   
Operating Data:
  Net Sales                                $13,105,750   $13,211,848  $10,575,865   $ 9,419,220  $10,440,739

  Net [Loss]                               $(1,958,468)  $(3,371,116) $(1,601,353)  $  (636,211) $    (9,430)

  Net [Loss] Per Common Share (2)          $      (.57)  $      (.98) $      (.47)  $      (.21) $
  --

  Weighted Average Number of Shares
   Outstanding (2)                           3,423,249     3,423,249    3,419,150     3,031,634    2,864,019

  Book Value Per Share (2)                 $      (.26)  $          .3$          .95$         1.5$
  .33

  Cash Dividends Per Share                 $        --   $        --  $        --   $        --  $        --

Balance Sheet Data:
  Total Assets                             $ 8,583,715   $ 9,693,498  $10,637,809   $ 9,884,973  $ 7,735,092

  Long-Term Liabilities                    $   340,411   $ 2,372,319  $ 2,548,426   $   333,577  $ 1,194,424

  Total Liabilities                        $ 9,490,836   $ 8,504,151  $ 7,399,296   $ 5,118,057  $ 6,787,796

  Working Capital [Deficit]                $(3,495,744)  $(1,087,186) $   212,681   $   235,951  $  (219,281)

  Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]           $  (907,121)  $ 1,189,347  $ 3,238,513   $ 4,766,916  $   947,296


(1)The Company was formed in April of 1985.
(2)See Notes 1 and 11 of Notes to Financial Statements.

</TABLE>



<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
  Diamond Entertainment Corporation



            We  have  audited  the   accompanying   balance  sheets  of  Diamond
Entertainment  Corporation  as of March  31,  1995  and  1994,  and the  related
statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity  [deficit],  and cash flows for
each of the  three  fiscal  years in the  period  ended  March 31,  1995.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

            We  conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

            In our opinion,  the financial  statements referred to above present
fairly,   in  all  material   respects,   the  financial   position  of  Diamond
Entertainment  Corporation as of March 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  fiscal years in the period
ended  March  31,  1995,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.

            As discussed in Note 14 to the financial statements, the Company has
been named as  defendant  and  co-defendant  in various  actions.  The  ultimate
liability   resulting  from  these  matters  cannot   presently  be  determined.
Accordingly,  no provision for any liability that may result on adjudication has
been made in the accompanying financial statements.

            The accompanying  financial  statements have been prepared  assuming
that the Company will  continue as a going  concern.  As discussed in Note 15 to
the  financial  statements,  the  Company  has  suffered  recurring  losses from
operations,  has a significant working capital  deficiency,  and has encountered
difficulties in paying its creditors on a timely basis, including violating loan
agreements,  that raise  substantial  doubt  about its  ability to continue as a
going concern.  Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described
in Note 15. The financial  statements do not include any adjustments  that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.





                                          MORTENSON AND ASSOCIATES, P. C.
                                                Certified Public Accountants.

Cranford, New Jersey
June 30, 1995


    B-1

<PAGE>



Item 8:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                                  March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>  

Assets:
Current Assets:
  Certificates of Deposit                                  $  600,000   $   600,000
  Accounts Receivable - Trade - Net                         3,184,349     1,537,472
  Inventory                                                 1,836,600     2,592,921
  Prepaid Expenses and Deposits                                33,732       118,253
  Accrued Interest Receivable - Officers                           --       196,000
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Assets                                      5,654,681     5,044,646
                                                           ----------   -----------

Property, Plant and Equipment:
  Leasehold Improvements                                           --       305,413
  Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment                         2,040,550     2,392,588
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Totals - At Cost                                          2,040,550     2,698,001
  Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                             954,593     1,338,433
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Property, Plant and Equipment - Net                       1,085,957     1,359,568
                                                           ----------   -----------

Film Masters and Artwork                                    4,423,711     4,316,229

Less:  Accumulated Amortization                             3,741,290     3,183,581
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Film Masters and Artwork - Net                        682,421     1,132,648
                                                           ----------   -----------

Other Assets:
  Investment in ATRE                                           50,000        50,000
  Accounts Receivable - ATRE                                1,110,656     1,168,019
  Officers' Loans Receivable                                       --       338,566
  Accrued Interest Receivable - Officers                           --       257,076
  Other Assets                                                     --       292,975
  Due from the Estate of Julius Cohen - Net                        --        50,000
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Other Assets                                        1,160,656     2,156,636
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Assets                                             $8,583,715   $ 9,693,498
                                                           ==========   ===========


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.



                                        B-2

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                  March 31,
                                                             1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
Current Liabilities:
  Cash Overdraft                                           $  269,134   $   254,078
  Accounts Payable                                          3,354,875     3,501,124
  Notes Payable                                             4,150,205     1,746,184
  Lease Payable                                               143,316        86,210
  Royalties Payable                                           628,499       353,089
  Accrued Expenses                                            563,859       119,749
  Related Party Payable                                        40,537        71,398
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Liabilities                                 9,150,425     6,131,832
                                                           ----------   -----------

Long-Term Liabilities:
  Notes Payable                                               181,538     2,160,074
  Lease Payable                                               158,873       187,781
  Accrued Payable                                                  --        24,464
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Long-Term Liabilities                                 340,411     2,372,319
                                                           ----------   -----------

Commitments and Contingencies [5] [14]                             --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]:
  Convertible  Preferred  Stock - No Par  Value,  1,000,000  Shares  Authorized,
   656,174  issued [of which  26,269 are held in Treasury] at March 31, 1995 and
   656,174 Issued and Outstanding at March 31, 1994 376,593 376,593

  Common Stock - No Par Value, 15,000,000 Shares Authorized;
   2,143,710 and 2,143,710 Shares Issued and Outstanding at
   March 31, 1995 and 1994, Respectively                    7,804,369     7,804,369

  Additional Paid-in Capital                               (1,410,231)   (1,410,231)

  Retained Earnings [Deficit]                              (7,539,852)   (5,581,384)
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Totals                                                     (769,121)    1,189,347
  Less:Stock Subscriptions Receivable                        (125,000)           --
       Treasury Stock [Preferred] - At Cost                   (13,000)           --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]                       (907,121)    1,189,347
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity [Deficit]     $8,583,715   $ 9,693,498
                                                           ==========   ===========

</TABLE>


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.



                                        B-3

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                      Y e a r s  e n d e d
                                                          M a r c h  3 1,
                                                1 9 9 5      1 9 9 4       1 9 9 3
                                                -------      -------       -------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>  

Sales - Net                                  $13,105,750   $13,211,848  $10,575,865

Cost of Goods Sold                             8,451,693    9,663,759     7,983,148
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Gross Profit                                 4,654,057    3,548,089     2,592,717
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

Operating Expenses:
  Selling Expenses                             2,696,972    3,137,297     1,370,938
  General and Administrative Expenses          3,126,802    2,897,440     2,490,801
  Bad Debt Expense                               482,829      736,787       161,198
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Total Operating Expenses                     6,306,603    6,771,524     4,022,937
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Operating [Loss]                            (1,652,546)  (3,223,435)   (1,430,220)
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

Other [Income] Expenses:
  Interest Expense                               488,333      396,890       453,388
  Interest Income                               (182,411)    (249,209)     (282,255)
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Total Other Expenses - Net                     305,922      147,681       171,133
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  [Loss] Before Taxes                         (1,958,468)  (3,371,116)   (1,601,353)

Provision for Income Taxes                            --           --            --
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net [Loss]                                 $(1,958,468)  $(3,371,116) $(1,601,353)
                                             ===========   ===========  ===========

Net [Loss] Per Share                         $      (.57)  $     (.98)  $
                                             ===========   ==========   =
  (.47)

Average Number of Shares Outstanding           3,423,249    3,423,249     3,419,150
                                             ===========   ==========   ===========


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


</TABLE>

                                        B-4

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [DEFICIT]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>




                              Convertible                                                                  Total
                            Preferred Stock     Common Stock      AdditionalRetained   Stock             Stockholders'
                           Number of           Number of           Paid-in  EarningsSubscriptioTreasury    Equity
                            Shares     Amount   Shares   Amount    Capital   [DeficitReceivable Stock     [Deficit]
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>        

  Balance - March 31, 1992 1,000,000$ 573,923 1,465,017 $7,537,339$(1,410,2$1)(608,91$)(1,325,2$0)   --  $4,766,916

Payment on Stock Subscription
  Receivable                     --        --       --        --        --        --    3,250        --     3,250

Issuance of Stock for Services   --        --    8,232    69,700        --        --       --        --    69,700

Net [Loss] for the year ended
  March 31, 1993                 --        --       --        --        -- (1,601,353)     --        --  (1,601,353)
                           -------- --------- --------  --------  -------- ------------------  --------  ----------

  Balance - March 31, 1993 1,000,000$ 573,923 1,473,249 $7,607,039$(1,410,2$1)(2,210,$68)(1,321$950) --  $3,238,513

Conversion of Preferred Stock to
  Common Stock             (343,826) (197,330) 670,461   197,330        --        --       --        --        --

Payment of Stock Subscription
  Receivable                     --        --       --        --        --        --  456,114        --   465,114

Cancellation of Stock Subscription
  Receivable                     --        --       --        --        --        --  865,836        --   856,836

Net [Loss] for the year ended
  March 31, 1994                 --        --       --        --        -- (3,371,116)     --        --  (3,371,116)
                           -------- --------- --------  --------  -------- ---------- -------  --------  ----------

  Balance - March 31, 1994  656,174   376,593 2,143,710 7,804,369 (1,410,231)(5,581,384)   --        --  1,189,347

Preferred Stock Returned    (26,269)       --       --        --        --        --       --   (13,000)  (13,000)

Stock Subscriptions              --        --       --        --        --        -- (125,000)       --  (125,000)

Net [Loss] for the year ended
  March 31, 1995                 --        --       --        --        -- (1,958,468)     --        --  (1,958,468)
                           -------- --------- --------  --------  -------- ---------- -------  --------  ----------

  Balance - March 31, 1995  629,905 $ 376,593 2,143,710 $7,804,369$(1,410,2$1)(7,539,$52)(125,0$0)(13,000$(907,121)
                           ======== ========= ========= ===================== ========== ======== ================

</TABLE>


The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                        B-5

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                      Y e a r s  e n d e d
                                                          M a r c h  3 1,
                                                1 9 9 5      1 9 9 4       1 9 9 3
                                                -------      -------       -------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>         <C> 

Operating Activities:
  Net [Loss]                                 $(1,958,468)  $(3,371,116) $(1,601,353)
                                             -----------   -----------  -----------
  Adjustments  to  Reconcile  Net  [Loss]  to Net Cash  Provided  by [Used  for]
   Operating Activities:
   Depreciation                                  239,787      306,343       308,026
   Amortization of Film Masters and Artwork      604,848    1,359,376       668,739
   Provision for Losses on Receivables           478,149      394,113       161,198
   Losses Resulting from Write-off of Fixed Assets
     and Film Masters and Artwork                274,595      138,177        50,203
   Cancellation of Stock Subscription Receivable      --      865,836            --
   Write-off of Accrued Interest Receivable      205,342           --            --
   Write-off of Officers Loans Receivable         92,915

  Change in Assets and Liabilities:
   [Increase] Decrease in:
     Accounts Receivable - Trade              (1,712,243)     273,675    (1,403,982)
     Inventory                                   756,321     (869,041)      333,777
     Prepaid Expenses and Deposits                84,521       36,360       154,603
     Other Assets                                292,975     (184,117)     (100,858)
     Accounts Receivable - Related Party              --      166,817       (77,186)
     Accrued Interest Receivable - Officers           --      (88,520)     (119,026)

   Increase [Decrease] in:
     Accrued Payable                             (24,464)    (187,987)      312,451
     Accounts Payable                           (146,249)   1,005,889     1,139,746
     Income Taxes Payable                             --         (127)          127
     Related Party Payable                       (30,861)     (47,226)     (155,427)
     Due from Estate of Julius Cohen             (50,000)     357,674       (16,683)
     Deposits                                         --      (42,342)       (3,269)
     Accrued Expenses                            719,521      326,295        22,274
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

   Total Adjustments                           1,785,157    3,811,195     1,274,713
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Operating Activities - Forward     (173,311)     440,079      (326,640)
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

Investing Activities:
  Proceeds from Maturity of CD                        --           --     1,000,000
  Advances to ATRE                            (1,565,937)    (256,025)     (126,642)
  Repayments by ATRE                           1,623,300           --            --
  Proceeds of Officers Loans Receivable               --      104,452        56,500
  Payment of Officers Loans Receivable          (112,500)    (112,688)     (108,295)
  Employee Advances                                   --           --         3,916
  Capital Expenditures                          (106,757)    (130,313)     (551,934)
  Masters and Artwork                           (245,078)    (568,955)     (919,459)
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities - Forward  $  (406,972)  $ (963,529)  $  (645,914)

</TABLE>

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.


                                        B-6

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                      Y e a r s  e n d e d
                                                          M a r c h  3 1,
                                                1 9 9 5      1 9 9 4       1 9 9 3
                                                -------      -------       -------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>         <C>   

  Net Cash - Operating Activities - Forwarded$  (173,311)  $  440,079   $  (326,640)
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities - Forwarded   (406,972)    (963,529)     (645,914)
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from Notes Payable                  7,747,149    7,629,796    12,508,432
  Payments of Notes Payable                   (7,321,664)  (7,756,351)  (11,453,677)
  Payment of Lease Payable                      (114,336)     (77,168)      (79,419)
  Cash Overdraft                                 269,134      254,078            --
  Stock Subscription Proceeds                         --      456,114         3,250
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net Cash - Financing Activities                580,283      506,469       978,586
                                             -----------   ----------   -----------

  Net [Decrease] Increase in Cash and
   Cash Equivalents                                   --      (16,981)        6,032

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Years        --       16,981        10,949
                                              ----------   ----------   -----------

  Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Years   $        --   $       --   $    16,981
                                             ===========   ==========   ===========

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the years for:
     Interest                                $   371,219   $  338,885   $   407,728
     Income Taxes                            $        --   $       --   $        --
</TABLE>

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
  During the year ended March 31,  1993,  the  Company  issued  8,232  shares of
common stock to individuals for $1,300 in cash and consulting services valued at
$69,700.

  During  September  1993 and October  1993,  the Company  collected  additional
$456,114 of the outstanding stock  subscription  receivables.  In March of 1994,
the Company  cancelled  the  balance  due of $865,836 on the stock  subscription
receivable. On December 20, 1994, the Company revoked its June 23, 1994 election
to forgive this  obligation.  In December of 1994,  the Company agreed to reduce
the price per share on the unpaid stock [See Note 18].

  During the year ended March 31, 1995, the Company entered into a capital lease
for equipment for $43,557.

  In July 1994,  the Company  entered into a settlement  agreement with a former
employee  and  director of the Company to return  26,269  shares of  convertible
preferred stock.





The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.



                                        B-7

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[1] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Business - The Company commenced operations in April of 1985 to
engage in the  manufacture  of video  tapes and other video  products.  Prior to
August 21, 1990, the Company was known as ATI Mark V Products,  Inc. On July 15,
1991, the Company  completed a reverse  acquisition with  Trans-Atlantic  Video,
Inc. ["TAV"].

Name Change - On August 21, 1990, the Board of Directors  approved  changing the
name of the  Company  to  Diamond  Entertainment  Corporation  from  ATI  Mark V
Products, Inc.

Revenue Recognition - The Company duplicates and packages custom video cassettes
for companies and individuals  within the multi-level  marketing  industry.  The
Company also markets and sells a variety of video cassette  programs to national
and regional chain stores,  department  stores,  drug stores,  supermarkets  and
similar  types of retail  outlets.  These outlets  generally  sell the Company's
products to the public at retail prices. The Company's  marketing strategy is to
distribute  directly to the retail chain  outlets to allow the Company to market
its  products at all  consumer  levels.  Sales are  recorded by the Company when
products are shipped to customers. Sales are shown net of returns and allowances
of $37,992,  $86,192,  and $64,130 for the years ended March 31, 1995,  1994 and
1993, respectively.

Inventories -  Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost [under the first-in,
first-out method] or market.

Depreciation - Property, plant and equipment are presented at cost. Depreciation
is computed by the straight-line method for all assets over the estimated useful
lives of the respective asset as follows:

Furniture and Fixtures        5 - 10 Years
Equipment                          7 Years

Leasehold  improvements  are being  amortized over the lesser of their estimated
useful lives or the remaining term of the lease.

Depreciation  expense  for the  years  ended  March 31,  1995,  1994 and 1993 is
$239,787, $306,343 and $308,026, respectively.

On sale or retirement,  the asset cost and related accumulated  depreciation are
removed from the respective accounts,  and any related gain or loss is reflected
in income. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred.

Film  Masters  and Artwork - The cost of film  masters  and  related  artwork is
capitalized and amortized using the individual-film-forecast  computation method
which  amortizes  costs  in the  ratio  that  current  gross  revenues  bear  to
anticipated  total gross revenues over a period of up to five years. The Company
periodically  reviews its  estimates  of future  revenues for each master and if
necessary  a  revision  is made to  amortization  rates and a  writedown  to net
realizable  value may occur.  The net film masters and artwork are  presented on
the balance  sheet at the net  realizable  value for each  master.  Film masters
consist  of  original   "masters"   which  are  purchased  for  the  purpose  of
reproduction and sale.

Amortization  expense  for the  years  ended  March 31,  1995,  1994 and 1993 is
$604,848, $1,359,376 and $668,739, respectively.

During fiscal 1994, the Company  reduced its estimate of the useful lives of its
"non-classic"  film masters from five to three years. This change had the effect
of increasing the net loss for March 31, 1994 by $601,578 [$.17 loss per share].

Based on the Company's estimate of revenues as of March 31, 1994,  approximately
89 percent of the total of unamortized  film costs will be amortized  during the
two years ending March 31, 1996.

        B-8

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[1] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

Bad Debts - An allowance for doubtful  accounts is computed based on a review of
each  individual  account  receivable  and its  respective  collectibility.  The
allowance  for doubtful  accounts is $388,987 and $357,333 at March 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.

Deferred  Taxes - There  are no  material  differences  between  the  accounting
methods used for financial and tax purposes. The Company has sustained losses in
recent years and has a large net operating loss carryforward.  No deferred taxes
are reflected in these financial statements.

Concentration of Credit Risk - The Company currently has a $600,000  certificate
of deposit which is subject to credit risk beyond the insured amounts.

[2] Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of:
                                                 March 31,
                                             1 9 9 5     1 9 9 4

Insured Accounts Receivable *             $2,726,401  $1,225,587
Non-Insured - Accounts Receivable            457,948     311,885

  Accounts Receivable - Net of Allowance  $3,184,349  $1,537,472
  --------------------------------------  ==========  ==========

* Covered by Credit Insurance.

Substantially all of the accounts receivable at March 31, 1995 have been pledged
as collateral for the line of credit [See Note 7].

[3] Inventories

Inventories consist of:
                                                 March 31,
                                             1 9 9 5     1 9 9 4

Raw Materials                             $  484,206  $1,122,379
Work-In Process                                2,261     209,882
Finished Goods                             1,350,133   1,260,660
                                          ----------  ----------

  Totals                                  $1,836,600  $2,592,921
  ------                                  ==========  ==========

[4A] Related Parties Receivables

Related party receivables [long-term] consist of the following:

                                                 March 31,
                                             1 9 9 5     1 9 9 4
Related Party - Long-Term:

Officers                                  $       --  $  338,566
                                          ==========  ==========

 Accrued Interest Receivable - Short-Term $       --  $  196,000
 Accrued Interest Receivable - Long-Term          --     257,076
                                          ----------  ----------

                                          $       --  $  453,076
                                          ==========  ==========
Due from the Estate of Julius Cohen       $       --  $   50,000
                                          ==========  ==========

 B-9

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[4A] Related Parties Receivables [Continued]

The Company at December  31, 1993 set up an  allowance  and  incurred a bad debt
expense for the  receivable  from the Estate of Julius  Cohen of  $342,674.  The
Company  reached a  settlement  in this matter and  collected  $65,000 in May of
1994. Such amount has been reflected as other income.

The Company  has loaned  money to its  officers in the form of note  receivables
totaling  $358,149 and $338,566 at an annual  interest rate of 10% for the years
ended March 31,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Interest  income for the periods
presented are $31,231, $25,754 and $15,997, respectively.  However, in 1995, the
Company deemed it necessary to provide an allowance of $358,149 based upon facts
and circumstances at that time.

In  March  1995,  the  Company  forgave  accrued  interest  receivable  totaling
$205,342,  on the stock  subscription  receivable  that was due on December  31,
1994. This was treated as compensation expense to the four individuals.

[4B] Related Parties Payables

At March 31, 1995 and 1994,  the Company  owed one of its  officers  $40,537 and
$71,397 which included interest of $6,220 and $22,111, respectively at 10%.

[4C] American Top Real Estate ["ATRE"]

Investment  - The  Company  paid  $50,000  for  a 50%  interest  in  ATRE.  This
investment is accounted for on the equity method.  The investee has not incurred
any significant earnings or losses to date, therefore,  this investment does not
reflect any  adjustments  for  earnings and losses.  On January 19,  1994,  ATRE
entered into an amended agreement to sell a parcel of land for $4,400,000.  ATRE
has a 70% interest in this land.  In August of 1994,  the escrow  agreement  for
$4,400,000  was cancelled on this contract due to the final user's request for a
two year delay. ATRE declined to accommodate this request [See Note 19D].

Accounts  Receivable  - The Company has  advanced  [including  interest] to ATRE
$1,110,656  and  $1,168,019 as of March 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  These
balances  include  interest  income of $111,365 and $104,025 for the years ended
March 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, at an annual rate of 10%.

[5] Commitments

[A]  Royalty  Commitments  -  The  Company  has  entered  into  various  royalty
agreements  for  exclusive  licensing  of titles for terms of one to five years.
Certain  agreements  include minimum  guaranteed  payments.  For the years ended
March  31,  1995  and  1994,   royalty   expense  was  $481,080  and   $533,324,
respectively, pursuant to these agreements.

[B] Video  Agreements  - The Company  has entered  into  various  agreements  to
manufacture,  duplicate and distribute  videos.  Commissions are paid based upon
number of videos sold.

[C] Accounts  Payable - The Company is  currently  delinquent  on a  significant
amount of its accounts payable.

[D]  Consulting  Agreement  - On July  13,  1992,  the  Company  entered  into a
financial and business consulting  agreement on a month to month basis for a fee
of $9,000  for each  thirty  [30] day period  during the term of the  Consulting
Agreement.  On July  13,  1992 and  August  13,  1992,  the  Company  sold to an
individual  of the  consulting  firm a total of 6,632  shares  of the  Company's
common  stock  at a price  of $100 in lieu of the  consulting  fees  due for the
months  of July  and  August  1992.  Under  the  Company's  agreement  with  the
individual,   the  Company  has  agreed  to  include   3,316  of  these  shares,
representing one-half of the shares, in the registration  statement.  Commencing
September  1992,  the monthly fee was $18,000.  This  consulting  agreement  was
terminated in October 1992.


                                      B-10

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[5] Commitments [Continued]

[E]  Employment  Agreements - In 1991,  the Company had entered into  employment
agreements  with four officers of the Company for annual  compensation  totaling
$442,500 plus bonuses and expenses.  These agreements terminate in the year 2001
and are adjusted annually in accordance with the Consumer Price Index [See Notes
5F and 19A]

[F]  Settlement  Agreement  - In  connection  with a  settlement  agreement  and
cancellation of an employment agreement reached in July of 1994, the Company has
agreed to cancel a loan receivable for $126,961 and accrued interest  receivable
on this loan for $56,226  from an  employee of the  Company.  In  addition,  the
individual has agreed to return 26,269 shares of convertible  preferred stock to
the Company.  The Company agreed to pay one months  severance pay and one months
vacation pay for $22,500. The Company paid a total of $75,000 as a settlement on
a ten year employment agreement in various payments through September 1994.

[6] Lease Commitments

[A] Operating Leases - The Company leases various office and storage facilities,
automobiles and equipment under operating leases expiring between 1995 and 1999.
Rental expense under operating leases for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995,
1994, 1993 was $424,366, $576,376 and $617,722, respectively [See Note 19E].

The following is the approximate  aggregate  future minimum rentals for the next
five years for operating leases:

March 31,
  1996                                    $  191,036
  1997                                       180,761
  1998                                       155,806
  1999                                        11,426
  2000                                            --
                                          ----------

  Total Future Minimum Lease Payments     $  539,029

[7] Notes Payable

Notes payable consist of the following:

                                       M a r c h  3 1,  1 9 9 4
                        ---------------------------------------
                        Interest
     Type of Loan       Expense  Amount   Current Long-Term Rate     Due Date

Bank Line of Credit     $157,980$1,756,70$1,156,70$600,000Prime + 2%Aug.31, 1994
Former Underwriter Loan 58,005  611,952  101,952  510,000     10%   July1, 1995
Line of Credit - Private Investor94,008752,042--  752,042     12%   Apr.15, 1995
Equipment Loan          27,611  257,108   35,905  221,203    11.5%  Nov.15, 1999
Equipment Loan          10,929   89,884   27,503   62,381    11.5%  Feb.15, 1997
Equipment Loan           2,053   10,438    6,305    4,133    14.9%  Oct.9, 1995
Equipment Loan           1,646   13,653    3,338   10,315     12%   Sept.3, 1997
Line of Credit              --  414,475  414,475       --     18%   Nov.30, 1994

  Totals                $352,232$3,906,25$1,746,18$2,160,074



                                      B-11

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[7] Notes Payable [Continued]

                                       M a r c h  3 1,  1 9 9 5
                        ---------------------------------------
                      Interest
     Type of Loan    Expense  Amount   Current Long-Term Rate     Due Date

Bank Line of Credit (A) $181,567$1,598,97$1,598,97$    --  Prime +2%Feb.15,1995
Former Underwriter Loan (B)59,958676,031 676,031       --    10%   April1, 1995
Line of Credit - Private Investor (C)45,875752,042752,042-- 12%   April 15, 1995
Equipment Loan (D)      23,785  221,203   39,665  181,538     10%   Nov.15, 1999
Line of Credit (E)        --  968,494  968,494    -- 15%Revolving Line of Credit
Line of Credit (F)       --  115,000  115,000    -- 18% Revolving Line of Credit

  Totals                $311,185$4,331,74$4,150,20$181,538

[A] Bank  Line of  Credit - On March  14,  1994,  the  Company  was  granted  an
extension  until June 30, 1994 on the bank line of credit of $1,756,706 at March
31, 1994. At March 31, 1994,  the Company was current on all of its  obligations
with  respect to the bank line of credit and received a waiver from the bank for
its lack of compliance  with certain  financial  requirements  under the line of
credit.  However,  as of March 31,  1995,  the Company  had not been  granted an
extension  beyond its  extended  due date of  February  28,  1995 and was not in
compliance  with  various  financial  requirements  under  the  line of  credit.
Therefore,  this debt has been classified as a current  liability [See Notes 19C
and 20D].

The banks prime rate at March 31, 1995 and 1994 was 9.5% and 6.5%, respectively.

The certificates of deposit,  the accounts receivable and inventory at March 31,
1995 and 1994 are pledged as collateral against the bank loans of $1,598,973 and
$1,756,706 for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

The notes are secured by personal  assets of two of the  Company's  officers who
have also given personal guarantees.

Pursuant  to its  agreement  with the bank,  the Company  maintains  keyman life
insurance  on the  president  of the  Company  and  has  named  the  bank as the
beneficiary of this policy.

[B] Former  Underwriter Loan - On July 15, 1992, the Company signed a promissory
note for $510,000 with a former Underwriter.  The interest rate for the note was
ten [10%] percent per annum. The former  Underwriter  received a total of 25,500
shares of common stock purchase  warrants  exercisable  at $15 per share,  for a
term of three [3] years in  consideration  for the entire amount.  On August 28,
1992,  the former  Underwriter  voluntarily  surrendered  to the  Company  these
warrants and the warrants were cancelled. The total indebtedness of $676,031 was
due April 1, 1995 and on June 15,  1995,  this  obligation  was  purchased by an
unaffiliated company [See Note 20B].

[C] Private Investor - Line of Credit - On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained
two lines of credit  from a private  investor.  Interest  is 12% per  annum.  As
additional  consideration for the line of credit,  the Company issued a total of
25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or
before August 12, 1997.  The lines of credit are  collateralized  by (i) a first
security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in certain  accounts  receivable,
inventory, and equipment and (ii) a security interest in the Company's shares of
ATRE.  These  loans are  personally  guaranteed  by two of the  officers  of the
Company.  On October 27, 1993, the Company was granted an extension on the total
indebtedness  of $752,042 to the private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from
the net proceeds of a public offering, whichever was earlier. On March 31, 1995,
the Company owed a total of $812,455 of which $752,042 was principal and $60,413
was  accrued  interest  payable.  The  Company  was in  default on the due date,
however these obligations were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive Officer
in May 1995 [See Notes 19F and 20A].


                                      B-12

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[7] Notes Payable [Continued]

[D]  Equipment  Loan  - In  January  1991,  the  Company  entered  into  a  loan
transaction  with a vendor  for the  principal  sum of  $369,633  payable  in 24
consecutive equal monthly installments of $17,747 at an interest rate of 14% per
annum commencing  February 15, 1991. This loan was renegotiated in December 1991
for the  principal  sum of $301,657 and calls for 30  consecutive  equal monthly
installments of $11,618 at a reduced interest rate of 11.5% per annum commencing
January 15, 1992. This loan was renegotiated in March 1993 for the principal sum
of  $292,058.12  and calls for a payment in the amount of $5,000 per month until
full payment has been completed. The balance due at March 31, 1995 is $221,203.

[E] Line of Credit - On August 19, 1992, the Company  renewed the revolving line
of credit with an investor.  The revolving line of credit is for up to a maximum
of $600,000  with a commitment  to borrow a minimum of  $2,000,000  during a one
year period.  This loan is made in amounts  which is equal to 70% of the pledged
invoice's  amount and it is secured by (i) a first security  interest in certain
accounts receivable from two specific customers,  (ii) personally  guaranteed by
two of the officers of the Company.  Repayment is to be made upon receipt of any
payment of pledged invoice,  115% of the amount  borrowed.  As of March 31, 1995
and 1994, the outstanding loan balance were $968,494 and $-0-, respectively.

[F] Line of Credit - On November 10, 1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional
revolving  line of credit up to a  maximum  of  $400,000  from  another  private
investor.  This loan is made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoices
amount and is secured by (i) a first  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable
from five specific customers,  (ii) personal guarantee by two of the officers of
the Company.  As of March 31, 1994, the Company owed $414,475  including accrued
loan fee of 7.25% from pledged invoice  amounts.  Interest rate shall be 18% per
annum for repayment  not made within 90 days. As of March 31, 1995,  the Company
owed $115,000.

All loans are  subordinate  to the bank's  line of credit at March 31,  1995 and
1994.

Following are maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years:

1996                    $4,150,205
1997                        43,818
1998                        48,407
1999                        53,475
2000                        35,838
Thereafter                      --
                        ----------

  Total                 $4,331,743

The  average  interest  rate is 12.75% and  12.68% for March 31,  1995 and 1994,
respectively.


I:\WP60\DATA\EDGAR\DIAMOND.WPD
                                      B-13

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------





[8] Capital Leases

The Company is the lesser of equipment  under capital leases expiring in various
years through 2000. The assets and liabilities under capital leases are received
at the lower of the  present  value of the  minimum  lease  payments or the fair
value of the assets.  The assets are depreciated over the lower of their related
lease terms or their estimated  productive  lives.  Depreciation of assets under
capital leases is included in depreciation expense for 1995 and 1994.

Following is a summary of property held under capital leases:

                                           March 31,
                                       1 9 9 5     1 9 9 4

Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment   $  619,771  $  591,214
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation        205,611     130,739
                                    ----------  ----------

  Totals                            $  414,160  $  460,475
  ------                            ==========  ==========

Minimum  future lease payments under capital leases as of March 31,1995 for each
of the next five years and in the aggregate are:

Year ended March 31, 1995

1996                                            $  180,160
1997                                               148,633
1998                                                18,235
1999                                                 4,265
2000                                                 2,133
                                                ----------

Total Minimum Lease Payments                       353,426
Less:  Amount Representing Interest                 51,237

  Present Value of Net Minimum Lease Payments   $  302,189

[9] Income Taxes

As of March 31, 1995, the Company had approximately  $7,700,000 in net operating
losses  expiring in various years ending 2009 that will be carried forward to be
utilized against future Company earnings.

Effective  April 1, 1993, the Company adopted FAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income
Taxes." The Company has a deferred tax asset of approximately $3,000,000 arising
from the net operating loss carry forward.  However, due to the uncertainty that
the Company will generate income in the future  sufficient to fully or partially
utilize these carry forwards, an allowance of $3,000,000 has been established to
offset  this  asset.  The  effect of  adoption  on current  and prior  financial
statements is immaterial.






                                      B-14

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[10] Capital Stock

[A] On  March  31,  1990,  two  officers  and  three  employees  acquired  3,000
additional  shares of common stock by executing five  promissory  notes totaling
$1,380,000.  These notes  carried  interest at 9% and are due on March 31, 1995.
Commencing  September  1, 1993,  the Board of  Directors  approved  changing the
interest rate from 9% to 7.25% per annum on the stock  subscription  receivable.
Interest  income of $119,026 and $121,330  have been recorded for the year ended
March 31, 1994 and 1993. On March 31, 1994, the Company  cancelled the principal
balance  of  $865,836  on the stock  subscription  receivable  and  compensation
expense of $865,836 was recorded accordingly [See Notes 4A and 18].

[B] On July 15,  1991 as a part of a business  combination  with  Trans-Atlantic
Video, Inc., the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of voting preferred stock which
were convertible into 1,950,000 shares of voting common stock.

[C] On February 16, 1994, at its annual  shareholders'  meeting,  an approval to
increase the  authorized  common stock of the Company from  5,000,000  shares of
common stock, no par value, to 15,000,000 shares was received.

[D] During the December 31, 1993 quarter, four preferred  shareholders converted
a total of 194,935 shares of the Company's  preferred  stock into 380,122 shares
of the Company's common stock.  These  shareholders  sold their shares of common
stock  at  $1.20  per  share  and  utilized  the  proceeds  to pay  their  stock
subscription.

Also  during the  December  31,  1993  quarter,  another  preferred  shareholder
converted 148,891 shares of the Company's preferred stock into 290,339 shares of
the Company's common stock. The shareholder sold these shares of common stock at
$1.50 per share and made  available  to the Company a $400,000  credit line from
the proceeds of the stock sale.

[E] In July 1994, the Company entered into a settlement  agreement with a former
employee and director of the Company. Under the settlement agreement, the former
employee and director  returned 26,269 shares of convertible  preferred stock to
the company.  The Company  assigned a value of $13,000 to these treasury  shares
based on fair value of the stock.

[11] Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share are based on the  weighted  average  number of common  shares
outstanding  for the years ended March 31, 1995,  1994,  and 1993 as restated to
include  the  number  of  shares  issued in the  business  combination  with TAV
reflecting  conversion for a preferred share of stock into 1.95 shares of common
stock.  The weighted average number of shares have been adjusted for all periods
to reflect the one-for-twenty  reverse stock split effected on July 2, 1993. The
effect of warrants has not been included as its effect would be anti-dilutive.



                                      B-15

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[12] Segmented Information

The Company's operations are classified in two principal industry segments:

Video Tapes - Engage in the manufacture of tapes and other video products.

Household  Products  and  Cellular  Phones -  Engaged  in the sale of  household
products and cellular phones.

                                           Y e a r s  e n d e d
                                              M a r c h  3 1,
                                       1 9 9 5     1 9 9 4     1 9 9 3
                                       -------     -------     -------
Revenues:
  Video Tapes                       $13,105,780 $13,163,748 $ 9,971,368
  Household Products and Cellular Phones     --      48,100     604,497

  Total Revenues                    $13,105,750 $13,211,848 $10,575,865
  --------------                    =========== =========== ===========

Operating Earnings [Loss]:
  Video Tapes                       $(1,652,546)$(3,263,964)$(1,415,613)
  Household Products and Cellular Phones     --      40,529      (4,607)

  Totals                            $(1,652,546)$(3,223,435)$(1,420,220)

  Earnings [Loss] Before Income Taxe$(1,958,468)$(3,371,116)$(1,601,353)

Identifiable Assets:
  Video Tapes                       $ 8,583,715 $ 9,693,498 $10,619,925
  Household Products and Cellular Phones     --          --      17,884

  Total Identifiable Assets         $ 8,583,715 $ 9,693,498 $10,637,809
  -------------------------         =========== =========== ===========

Capital Additions:
  Video Tapes                       $        -- $   699,268 $ 1,423,363
  Household Products and Cellular Phones     --          --          --
                                        ------- ----------- -----------

  Total Capital Additions           $        -- $   699,268 $ 1,423,363
  -----------------------           =========== =========== ===========

Depreciation and Amortization Expense:
  Video Tapes                       $   915,425 $ 1,665,719 $   952,906
  Household Products and Cellular Phones     --          --      23,859
                                        ------- ----------- -----------

  Total Depreciation and Amortization
   Expense                          $   915,425 $ 1,665,719 $   976,765
   -------                          =========== =========== ===========

[13] Stock Warrants

In connection  with the November 29, 1991 public  offering for 575,000 shares of
common  stock with net  proceeds of  approximately  $4,300,000,  the Company has
outstanding 230,000 of its Class A common stock warrants.  Each warrant entitles
the holder to  purchase  one share of common  stock.  The class A warrants  have
exercise  prices of $10 per share from June 1, 1992 to May 31, 1993;  of $15 per
share from June 1, 1993 to May 31,  1994;  of $20 per share from June 1, 1994 to
May 31,  1995.  Each Class A warrant is  redeemable  by the  Company at $.01 per
share  subject  to  certain  conditions  relative  to the  market  price  of the
Company's common stock.


                                      B-16

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #10
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[14] Litigation

The  Company  has been named as  defendant  and  co-defendant  in various  legal
actions filed against the Company in the normal course of business.  The Company
believes that it has adequate  legal  defenses and intends to vigorously  defend
itself in these actions. The Company believes after consulting with counsel that
an adverse  decision in any one lawsuit would not have a material adverse impact
on the  Company,  however,  the  aggregate  affect of an adverse  decision  in a
majority of the lawsuits outstanding could have a material adverse impact on the
Company.

On May 12, 1993, the Company was named as a defendant in claim for a breach of a
license agreement along with infringement on the licensor's patent and trademark
rights and  failure to pay  royalties  pursuant to the  license  agreement.  The
complaint was settled for $400,000, which was charged to fiscal 1994 operations.

[15] Going Concern

The Company's  financial  statements  are prepared in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles,  which contemplates  continuation of the Company
as a going  concern.  The  Company has  incurred  net losses for the years ended
March  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993 of  $1,958,468,  $3,371,116  and  $1,601,353,
respectively.  The Company has also  encountered  difficulties in complying with
financial  requirements  under its bank line of credit and has been experiencing
difficulties  in paying its  vendors on a timely  basis.  These  factors  create
uncertainty  whether the Company can continue as a going concern.  The Company's
plans to  mitigate  the  effects  of the  uncertainties  are (i) the  successful
reduction of its operating  expenses in fiscal 1996 by  elimination  of its 1395
Manasero Street,  California  facility while still maintaining its sales volume,
(ii) to sell a parcel or all of 2 parcels of  property  owned by ATRE [50% owned
by the Co.] located in Vancouver,  WA, (iii) to further upgrade and increase its
products lines and thus reach a consistently  higher gross profit margin mix and
realize  profitability,  (iv) to pledge sales invoices  against the bank line of
credit and pay off the bank line of credit,  and seek another asset base lending
line of credit (v) to successfully  convert debt  obligations  into equity,  and
(vi) to negotiate  with several  reliable  investors to provide the Company with
additional working capital

Management believes that these plans can be effectively  implemented in the next
twelve months.  The Company will continue to seek additional  interim  financing
from private sources to supplementary support its cash needs for the next twelve
months during the  implementation of these plans to achieve  profitability.  The
Company's   ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  is  dependent  on  the
implementation  and success of these  plans.  The  financial  statements  do not
include  any  adjustments  in the event the  Company is unable to  continue as a
going concern.

[16] Major Customers

For the year ended March 31, 1995,  the Company had net sales to one customer in
its last fiscal quarter that amounted to approximately  $2,650,000 or 20% of net
annual  sales.  For the year ended March 31, 1994,  the Company had net sales to
one customer  that  amounted to  $1,572,000,  or 12% of net sales.  For the year
ended March 31, 1993, the Company had net sales to one customer that amounted to
approximately $1,126,000, or 11% of net sales.

[17] New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996.  The FASB has also issued SFAS No.121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of". The Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.


                                      B-17

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #11
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[18] Stock Subscription Receivable

On December 20, 1994, the Board of Directors  revoked its June 23, 1994 election
to forgive a receivable due from its  shareholders  for  approximately  $866,000
relating to their  subscription  of shares of common stock of the  Company.  The
Board  resolved on December 20, 1994 that the Company  would reduce the price on
the unpaid  shares of stock to $.125 per share.  In March of 1995,  the  Company
forgave the accrued  interest  receivable of $205,342 on the stock  subscription
receivable.

[19] Subsequent Events

[A] Spin-off of Custom  Duplication  Business - On April 13, 1995,  the Board of
Directors approved the spin-off of its custom duplication business.  Pursuant to
this  transaction,  the Company's  former  President  surrendered his employment
contract and returned  146,654 shares of the Company's  preferred  stock back to
the Company as treasury stock.  Equipment with a carrying value of approximately
$170,000 was  transferred  from the Company and the Company's  former  President
assumed all remaining obligations on these assets of approximately  $75,000. The
Company  agreed to a non  compete  agreement  with this new  custom  duplication
venture by the Company's former President [See Note 20C].

[B] Sale of Multi Media  Assets - On May 8, 1995,  the Company  closed the sales
agreement with a Mexican company, Central Video, for $750,000 by allowing credit
to the Company for future duplication  services.  The President of Central Video
is the former  President  of the Company.  The Company is receiving  $750,000 of
future  duplication  services  and is giving up  equipment  with a book value of
approximately  $630,000. In addition,  Central Video entered into a sublease for
the remaining  thirteen  month lease.  The Company has  guaranteed the Company's
former  President a minimum of  $2,500,000 a year of  production  orders for the
next three years.  Central Video has agreed to provide a maximum of a $3,000,000
90 day credit line to the Company.  The Company has agreed to pay the  Company's
former President a 3% commission on orders the Company places with Central Video
[See Note 20C].

[C] Bank Line of Credit - In May 1995, the Company reached an agreement with the
bank to pledge  $1,300,000  of sales  invoices  to  offset  the  remaining  bank
liability of approximately $940,000.

[D] Partial Sale of ATRE Real Estate - In May 1995,  the Company  entered into a
sales agreement for two acres of land for  approximately  $940,000.  The closing
for these parcels of land is anticipated to be December of 1995.

[E] New  Lease - On June 27,  1995,  the  Company  entered  into a new lease for
additional warehouse space for a monthly rental of $3,637, for six months.

[F] Assignment and Assumption of Debt  Obligations to Chief Executive  Officer -
In May of 1995, three debt obligations  totaling $1,131,434 were assigned to the
Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  This officer issued promissory notes to the
three entities [ See Notes 7C and 20A ].

[20] Subsequent Events  [Unaudited]

[A] Equity  Conversions - On July 19, 1995, the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company  converted  three debt  obligations  totaling  $1,131,434 into 8,212,785
shares  of the  Company's  common  stock  [See  Note  19F].  The  conversion  is
effectuated at a 38% premium rate of .138 per share of common stock.  The market
value at the time of conversion was .10 per share of common stock.




                                      B-18

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #12
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[20] Subsequent Events  [Unaudited] [Continued]

[B] Purchase of Debt  Obligations  and Equity  Conversion - Pursuant to the June
15, 1995 assignment of debt agreement,  the Company's $676,031 obligation to its
former  underwriter was purchased by an  unaffiliated  Company [See Note 7B]. On
July 19,  1995,  an  agreement  was  reached  to issue  2,538,446  shares of the
Company's common stock for this obligation. The conversion is effectuated at .26
per share of common stock.  The market value at the time of  conversion  was .10
per share of common stock.

[C] Pro Forma Data - The following  summarized pro forma information assumes the
spin-off  of the  custom  duplication  business  [See  Note 19A] and the sale of
multi-media  assets  [See Note 19B] in May of 1995 had  occurred as of March 31,
1995. In addition,  it also assumes the debt to equity  conversions  accepted in
July of 1995 took place as of March 31, 1995 [See Notes 20A and 20B].

                                        Historical  Adjustments      As Adjusted

Current Assets                         $5,654,681   $  250,000 [19B] $ 5,904,681

Property, Plant and Equipment - Net     1,085,957     (630,000)[19B]
                                                      (170,000)[19A]     285,957

Film Masters and Artwork - Net            682,421                        682,421
Other Assets                            1,160,656      500,000 [19B]   1,660,656
                                       ----------                    -----------

  Total Assets                         $8,583,715                    $ 8,533,715
  ------------                         ==========                    ===========

Current Liabilities                    $9,150,425     (676,031)[20B]
                                                    (1,131,434)[20A]
                                                       (75,000)[19A] $ 7,267,960

Long-Term Liabilities                     340,411                        340,411

Stockholders' Equity                     (907,121)   1,131,434 [20A]
                                                       676,031 [20B]
                                                       120,000 [19B]
                                                       (95,000)[19A]     925,344
                                       ----------                    -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders'
   [Deficit]                           $8,583,715                    $ 8,533,715
   ---------                           ==========                    ===========


[D] Bank Line of Credit - As of July 12, 1995,  the Company  owed  approximately
$373,000 on the bank line of credit.




                    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .

                                           B-19

<PAGE>



             INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT ON SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULE



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
  Diamond Entertainment Corporation



            Our audits of the  financial  statements  of  Diamond  Entertainment
Corporation  presented in the preceding section of this report were made for the
purpose of forming an opinion on such financial  statements taken as a whole. We
have also examined  Supplemental  Schedule  VIII. The  supplemental  schedule is
presented  for  purposes  of  complying   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
Commission's rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
is not otherwise a required part of the financial  statements.  The supplemental
schedule has been subjected to the auditing  procedures applied in the audits of
the financial statements.

            In our opinion, the schedule referred to above fairly states, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  data  required  to be set forth  therein in
relation to the financial statements taken as a whole.






                                          MORTENSON AND ASSOCIATES, P. C.
                                                Certified Public Accountants.

Cranford, New Jersey
June 30, 1995



                                       S-1

<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE VIII - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Balance at    Charged   Deductions  Balance at
                                  Beginning     Against     from        Close
                                   of Year     Income     Reserves     of Year

For the year ended March 31, 1993:
  Deducted from Related Assets Allowance
   for Doubtful Accounts         $   278,435 $   161,198 $   254,300 $   185,333
                                 =========== =========== =========== ===========

For the year ended March 31, 1994:
  Deducted from Related Assets Allowance
   for Doubtful Accounts         $   185,333 $   227,296 $    55,296 $   357,333
                                 =========== =========== =========== ===========

For the year ended March 31, 1995
  Deducted from Related Assets Allowance
   for Doubtful Accounts         $   357,333 $   478,149 $    88,346 $   747,136
                                 =========== =========== =========== ===========




                                        S-2

<PAGE>



Item 7:

DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Year ended March 31, 1995 compared with the year ended March 31, 1994.

Results of Operations

The  Company's  operating  [losses]  for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994
were  $(1,652,546) and $(3,223,435),  respectively,  a decrease of $1,570,889 in
1995.  This  decrease  was mainly  attributable  to a gross  profit  increase of
approximately  $1,100,000 and a decrease in operating  expenses of approximately
$500,000. The Company's operating [loss] continues to remain high because of the
Company's insufficient gross profit to cover the operating expenses.

The Company's sales for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 were $13,105,750
and $13,211,848,  respectively.  This reflects a decrease of $106,098 or 1% from
1994.  Management believes this sales decrease was primarily the result of sales
orders not being able to be completed  because of working capital  deficiencies.
In the last  quarter of fiscal  1995,  the  Company  acquired a new  significant
customer whose sales for the March 1995 quarter were approximately $2,600,000.

At March 31, 1995, the Company's video business had two major divisions. A brief
description of these two divisions is as follows:

   
The  Standard  Video Line and the Premier  Line are  considered  the Multi Media
Division [formerly known as the "Entertainment  Division"].  This division sells
products that are either owned by the Company or licensed.  The customer base is
predominantly retail stores or distributors. Sales for the years ended March 31,
1995 and 1994 for the Multi Media Division were  approximately  $12,100,000  and
$9,600,000,  respectively,  or a 26%  increase  over 1994.  On May 8, 1995,  the
Company closed a $750,000 sales  agreement with a Mexican  company for equipment
with a book value of  approximately  $630,000 by allowing  credit to the Company
for  future  duplication  services.  The  Company  has  guaranteed  a minimum of
$2,500,000  a year  production  orders for the next  three  years.  The  Mexican
company  has agreed to provide a maximum of a  $3,000,000  90 day credit line to
the Company.

The Multi Level Marketing  Division and Custom Video  Duplication  Division were
considered the Custom  Duplication  Division.  This division sells mainly custom
duplication services to companies that required video duplication, packaging and
fulfillment services.  Sales for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 for the
Custom  Duplication  Division  were  approximately  $1,000,000  and  $3,600,000,
respectively,  or a 72%  decrease  from 1994.  On April 13,  1995,  the Board of
Directors  approved  the  spin off of its  custom  duplication  business  to the
Company's  former  President.  Equipment  with a  book  value  of  approximately
$170,000 was  transferred  from the Company and the Company's  former  President
assumed all the remaining obligations on these assets of approximately  $75,000.
The Company believes these  transactions  will enable the Company to concentrate
its efforts and resources into product  development,  marketing and distribution
and at the same time reduce  certain  overhead  costs.  The Company will utilize
four  contractors  who  specialize in video tape and CD-Rom  manufacturing.  The
Company  believes  that these  arrangements  will enable the Company to meet its
sales and distribution needs. The Company agreed to a non-compete agreement with
this new custom duplication venture by the Company's former President.
    

Cost of sales for the years ended March 31,  1995 and 1994 were  $8,451,693  and
$9,663,759 or 64% and 73% of sales, respectively.

Gross  profit for the years ended March 31,  1995 and 1994 were  $4,654,057  and
$3,548,089,  or 36% and 27% of sales,  respectively.  The Company's gross profit
increased by 9% as a percentage of sales,  for the years ended March 31, 1995 as
compared to March 31, 1994. Depreciation and amortization,  included in the cost
of goods sold,  for the years ended  March 31, 1995 and 1994 were  $915,425  and
$1,665,719, respectively.


<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1995 compared with the year ended March 31, 1994.

Results of Operations [Continued]

Operating  expenses for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 were  $6,306,600
and $6,771,524,  respectively.  During the three months ended June 30, 1994, the
Company  wrote-off  a  receivable  totaling  $183,187.  This was the  result  of
management's  settlement  with a former employee of the Company in July of 1994.
In the last  fiscal  quarter  of 1995,  the  Company  forgave  accrued  interest
receivable  totaling  approximately  $274,000  relating  to  stock  subscription
receivables.  Also in the last fiscal quarter of 1995,  the Company  incurred an
additional bad debt expense of approximately  $360,000 by providing an allowance
for officers loans totaling $360,000.

Interest  expense for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 was  $488,333  and
$396,890,  respectively.  As of March 31, 1995,  the  outstanding  bank debt was
$1,598,973.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  working capital  [deficit] at March 31, 1995 was  $(3,495,744) as
compared with a working capital [deficit] of $(1,087,186) at March 31, 1994.

Operations

For the years ended March 31, 1995, cash utilized for operations was $(173,311).
The Company's net loss of $1,958,468 has been funded primarily by the successful
collection  efforts on its accounts  receivable.  The Company intends to utilize
future debt or equity  financing or debt to equity  conversions  to help satisfy
past due obligations and to pay down its debt obligations.

The Company has frequently  been unable to pay its  obligations  for merchandise
and services as they become due. The Company has not been  operating  profitably
and it cannot be certain that it will earn sufficient profits in the foreseeable
future which would permit the Company to meet its  anticipated  working  capital
needs. A lack of working capital has inhibited the Company's  ability to deliver
orders.  Should the Company  experience the continued cash flow deficiencies and
lack of profitability, additional financing may be required.

Investing

Capital expenditures and leases for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1994 were
$106,757 and $130,313, respectively. For March 31, 1995 and 1994, investments in
masters  and  artwork  were  $245,078  and  $568,955,  respectively.  Management
believes it is  necessary  to increase  its  licensed  products in both  classic
movies and its standard video line for its Entertainment  Division.  The Company
believes it takes from nine months to one year after the purchase of the masters
and artwork to establish and penetrate the marketplace with new releases.




<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1995 compared with the year ended March 31, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

Financing

The  Company  intends  to reduce  its bank line of credit to lower its  interest
burden.  In May 1995,  the Company  reached an agreement with the bank to pledge
$1,300,000  of  sales  invoices  to  offset  the  remaining  bank  liability  of
approximately $940,000. The Company has realized an improved collection cycle of
its  accounts  receivable  and has added  quality and new  products to its video
library. The Company believes with an injection of capital, the Company would be
in an improved financial position.  The Company  anticipates  achieving improved
bank financing, sales growth and obtaining profitability to provide the means of
financial and  operational  support for the next twelve months.  If any of these
factors are not achieved,  adverse  effects could result.  The Company  believes
that should these adverse effects  materialize,  management will seek additional
financing  through  perhaps a private  placement  or vendor  support in order to
survive.  There can be no guarantee that the Company will be successful in these
efforts.

Management  intends  to  seek  additional  equity  financing  from  unaffiliated
individuals  in private  offerings  and to secure an  additional  line of credit
until  operations  generate a positive cash flow. If the Company is unsuccessful
in obtaining  additional equity or debt financing,  then the Company's liquidity
and capital resources could be adversely affected.

During the year ended March 31, 1995, the Company  advanced to American Top Real
Estate  ["ATRE"]  $1,565,937  and repaid  $1,623,300  of advances  to ATRE.  The
Company has a 50% interest in ATRE. In May of 1995,  the Company  entered into a
sales agreement for two acres of land for  approximately  $940,000.  The closing
for these  parcels of land is  anticipated  to be December of 1995.  The Company
believes that the sales of additional  ATRE parcels will be accomplished in 1996
and 50% of the proceeds will be utilized to repay the Company in 1996 based upon
the  Company's  percentage  of investment of 50%. The Company is required by the
partnership agreement to make additional advances to the ATRE partnership in the
next twelve  months.  A further delay in the sales of these parcels will require
additional   capital   contributions  to  be  made.  These  additional   capital
contributions by the Company and any further delay in the sales of these parcels
will have a negative impact on the Company's financial position. Therefore, ATRE
and the Company are seeking  additional  equity partners to inject capital to be
used for ATRE's short- and long-term needs.


The Company's  volume of borrowing  with the bank's line of credit for the years
ended  March 31,  1995 and 1994 was  approximately  $7,500,000  and  $7,700,000,
respectively.  On November 4, 1994,  the Company was granted an  extension  from
September  1, 1994  until  February  28,  1995 on the bank line of  credit.  The
Company has not been in compliance with certain financial requirements under the
line of  credit  and has not  received  a  waiver  from the bank for its lack of
compliance with certain requirements.  The waiver expired February 28, 1995. The
Company pledged invoices  totaling  $1,313,000 in May 1995. As of July 12, 1995,
the Company owed approximately  $370,000.  Two officers of the Company, the CEO,
James Lu and the COO, Thomas Cheng, have guaranteed this line of credit.



<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1995 compared with the year ended March 31, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

   
On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained two lines of credit totaling $1,205,035
from a private investor. The balance at March 31, 1995 of $812,455 was due April
1, 1995.  Interest was at 12% per annum.  As  additional  consideration  for the
lines of credit,  the  Company  issued a total of 25,000  warrants  to  purchase
25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per share on or before August 12, 1997. The
lines  of  credit  will   terminate   upon   default  by  the  Company  and  are
collateralized  by (i) a first security  interest  [subordinate  to the bank] in
certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a  security
interest in the  Company's  shares of American Top Real Estate.  These loans are
personally  guaranteed by two of the officers of the Company,  the CEO, James Lu
and COO,  Thomas Cheng. On March 31, 1995, the Company was in default on the due
date,  however these  obligations were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive
Officer,  James Lu in May 1995 and in July 1995 Mr. Lu converted this obligation
to the Company's common stock.
    

On November 6, 1992, the Company obtained an additional revolving line of credit
up to a maximum of $600,000 from another private investor.  This loan is made in
amounts  equal to 70% of the  pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured by (i) a
first  security  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of March 31, 1994, there were no loans  outstanding under this revolving line of
credit.  Repayment of 115% of the amount  borrowed is to be made upon receipt of
any payment of pledged invoices. As of March 31, 1995, the Company owed $968,494
plus 15 % interest against sales invoices amounting to $1,430,855.

On November 10,  1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional  revolving  line of
credit up to a maximum of $400,000 from another private  investor.  This loan is
made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured
by (i) a first  interest  in  certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers and (ii) personal guarantees by two of the officers of the Company. As
of March 31, 1995,  the Company  owed  $115,000  including  accrued loan fees of
7.25% from pledged  invoice  amounts.  Interest  rate shall be 18% per annum for
repayment not made within 90 days.

On June 20, 1995, the Company accepted an offer by the Company's Chief Executive
Officer to convert an  outstanding  obligation to him totaling  $1,131,434  into
8,212,785 shares of the Company's common stock. The conversion is effectuated at
a 38% premium  rate of .138 per share of common  stock.  The market value at the
time of conversion was .10 per share of common stock.



<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1995 compared with the year ended March 31, 1994.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On August 12,  1992,  the  Company  obtained  two lines of credit from a private
investor. Interest is 12% per annum. As additional consideration for the line of
credit,  the Company issued a total of 25,000 warrants to purchase 25,000 shares
of common  stock at $30 per share on or before  August  12,  1997.  The lines of
credit are  collateralized by (i) a first security interest  [subordinate to the
bank] in  certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  equipment  and (ii) a
security  interest in the Company's  shares of ATRE.  These loans are personally
guaranteed  by two of the  officers of the  Company.  On October 27,  1993,  the
Company  was granted an  extension  on the total  indebtedness  of $752,042 to a
private  investor  until April 15, 1995 or from the net proceeds of the proposed
public  offering,  whichever was earlier.  On March 31, 1995, the Company owes a
total of  $812,455  of which  $752,042  is  principal  and  $60,413  is  accrued
interest.  The Company  was in default on the due date,  however in May of 1995,
these  obligations  were assigned to the Company's Chief Executive  Officer.  On
July 19, 1995, the officer agreed to convert this debt obligation into shares of
common stock.

Management  believes  that a stronger  marketing  effort to be a sales  oriented
company needs to be addressed. Management is currently expanding its sales force
in all divisions with individuals who have the industry experience and contacts.

New Authoritative Pronouncements

The FASB has issued SFAS 115,  "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and
Equity  Securities," which the Company adopted on April 1,1995. The adoption did
not have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position or results of
operations.  In October of 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 119, "Disclosure above
Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial Instruments." While
SFAS No. 119  primarily  creates  new  disclosure  requirements  for  derivative
financial  instruments  which the  Company  does not trade in at this time,  the
technical disclosure  amendments to SFAS No. 107 created by SFAS No. 119 will be
implemented on April 1,1996.  The FASB has also issued SFAS No.121,  "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets to be Disposed
of". The Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 on April 1, 1996.

Impact of Inflation

The Company  does not believe  that  inflation  had an impact on sales or income
during the past several years.  Increases in supplies or other  operating  costs
could adversely affect the Company's  operations;  however, the Company believes
it could  increase  prices to offset  increases  in costs of goods sold or other
operating costs.




<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1994 compared with the year ended March 31, 1993.

Results of Operations

The Company's  operating  [loss] for the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 was
$(3,223,435) and $(1,430,220),  respectively, an increase of $1,793,215 in 1994.
This increase was mainly  attributable to an increase in selling  expenses which
was primarily  attributable to the Company's $400,000 royalty expense accrual in
June 1993  resulting  from a dispute  with a  licensor,  a bad debt  expense  of
approximately  $350,000 resulting from the settlement of the receivable from the
Estate  of  Julius  Cohen,  and  the  cancellation  of  the  stock  subscription
receivable of approximately  $865,000 in March of 1994. The Company's  operating
loss continues to remain high because of the Company's insufficient gross profit
to cover the operating expenses.

The Company's sales for the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 were $13,211,848
and  $10,575,865,  respectively.  This reflects an increase of $2,635,983 or 25%
over 1993.  The sales  increase was  primarily a result of the Company  securing
several major national retail chains' orders and the continuous effort in market
development and new title acquisitions.

The Company's  video business has two major  divisions.  A brief  description of
these two divisions is as follows:


The Standard  Video Line and the Premier  Line are  considered  the  Multi-Media
Division [formerly the "Entertainment  Division"].  This division sells products
that are either owned by the Company or licensed by licensors. The customer base
is predominantly retail stores or distributors.  Sales for the years ended March
31, 1994 and 1993 for the Multi-Media Division were approximately $9,600,000 and
$8,000,000, respectively, or a 20% increase over 1993.


The Multi Level  Marketing  Division and Custom Video  Duplication  Division are
considered the Custom  Duplication  Division.  This division sells mainly custom
duplication services to companies that require video duplication,  packaging and
fulfillment services.  Sales for the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 for the
custom duplication division were $3,600,000 and $2,000,000,  respectively,  or a
80% increase over 1993.

Cost of sales for the years ended March 31,  1994 and 1993 were  $9,663,759  and
$7,983,148 or 73% and 75%, respectively.

Gross  profit for the years ended March 31,  1994 and 1993 were  $3,548,089  and
$2,592,717,  or 27% and 25%, respectively.  The Company's gross profit increased
by 2% for the years ended March 31,  1994 as  compared  to March 31,  1993.  The
Company recognized the increasing  competition in the Entertainment Division and
began to increase  its  marketing  and sales  efforts in the Custom  Duplication
Division.  The  Company  has  experienced  a high cost of sales  because  of the
increased  depreciation of its new duplication  equipment and the higher cost of
materials  due  to  the  necessity  for  a  better  quality  tape  and  housing.
Depreciation and amortization, included in the cost of goods sold, for the years
ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 were $1,665,719 and $976,765, respectively.

Selling,  general and administrative expenses for the years ended March 31, 1994
and 1993 were $6,771,524 and $4,022,937, respectively.  Management is continuing
to expand its marketing  efforts by increasing  its sales force and efforts.  In
addition,  the Company  accrued in the quarter  ended June 30,  1993,  a royalty
expense  pursuant  to its  negotiations  of a claim  for a breach  of a  license
agreement along with  infringement on a licensor's  patent and trademark rights,
in the quarter  ended  December 31,  1993,  a bad debt expense of  approximately
$350,000 was recorded  resulting  from the settlement of a receivable and in the
quarter   ended  March  31,   1994,   compensation   expense  was  recorded  for
approximately $865,000 resulting from the cancellation of the stock subscription
receivable.



<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1994 compared with the year ended March 31, 1993.

Results of Operations [Continued]

Interest  expense for the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 were  $396,890 and
$453,388.  This represents a decrease of approximately 12%. During May 1992, the
Company  liquidated  $1,000,000  of its  $1,600,000  certificate  of deposits to
further  reduce its bank debt. As of March 31, 1994, the  outstanding  bank debt
was approximately $1,760,000.

During the year ended March 31, 1994, the Company incurred a bad debt expense of
$342,674.  This  was  the  result  of  managements'  determination  to  reach  a
settlement with the Estate of Julius Cohen.
Management settled this matter for $50,000 in May of 1994.

On April 1, 1993,  the Company  entered  into a 50% joint  venture with a Taiwan
Company. The Company will provide video titles and consign finished goods to the
Taiwan  Company.  The Taiwan Company is responsible for the marketing and office
administration  .  Continuous  efforts  will be made  to  penetrate  educational
channels.  The Company  will  continue to increase the number of  categories  of
products to be dubbed in Chinese or subtitled for infusion into this market.  On
September 8, 1993,  the Company  entered into a 50% joint  venture with a Korean
Company.  The Company  will provide  video  titles to  duplicate  and sales into
Korean market.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's  working capital  [deficit] at March 31, 1994 was  $(1,087,186) as
compared with working capital of $212,681 at March 31, 1993.

Operations

For  the  year  ended  March  31,  1994,  cash  generated  from  operations  was
approximately  $440,000.  The Company's  net loss of $3,371,116  has been funded
primarily  by the  extending  of its accounts  payable.  The Company  intends to
utilize future equity  financing to help satisfy past due obligations and to pay
down its debt obligations.

The  Company  has  frequently  been  unable to timely  pay its  obligations  for
merchandise  and services as they become due.  Management has been successful in
obtaining  extensions  until after March 31, 1995 for a total balance of $24,464
from its  vendors at March 31,  1994.  Approximately  half of the  proposed  net
offering   proceeds  will  be  used  to  satisfy   accounts  payable  and  other
indebtedness.  The Company has not been  operating  profitably  and it cannot be
certain that it will earn  sufficient  profits in the  foreseeable  future which
would permit the Company to meet its  anticipated  working capital needs. A lack
of working capital will inhibit the Company's ability to deliver orders.  Should
the  Company  experience  the  continued  cash  flow  deficiencies  and  lack of
profitability, additional financing may be required.






<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1994 compared with the year ended March 31, 1993.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

Investing

Capital expenditures and leases for the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 were
$130,313 and $551,934, respectively. For March 31, 1994 and 1993, investments in
masters  and  artwork  were  $568,955  and  $919,459,  respectively.  Management
believes it is  necessary  to increase  its  licensed  products in both  classic
movies and its standard video line for its Entertainment  Division.  The Company
believes it takes from nine months to one year after the purchase of the masters
and artwork to establish and penetrate the marketplace with new releases.

Management also anticipates in the future,  additional  investments in catalogue
design to reflect a top-quality image and in equipment  hardware and software to
expand,  improve and protect the duplicating  process for the Custom Duplication
Division.

Financing

Management  believes  that net proceeds from the proposed  public  offering will
support  the  financial  needs of the Company  for  approximately  six to twelve
months.  Management  anticipates  utilizing  the net  proceeds of  approximately
$1,000,000 from the proposed  public  offering to primarily  reduce its past due
accounts  payable and certain  indebtedness.  The Company also intends to reduce
its bank line of credit to lower its interest  burden.  The Company has realized
stronger  sales  growth for the fiscal  year ended March 31,  1994,  an improved
collection  cycle of its  accounts  receivable  and has  added  quality  and new
products to its video  library.  The Company  believes  with this  injection  of
capital,  the Company  will be in an improved  financial  position.  The Company
anticipates  achieving  improved  bank  financing,  continued  sales  growth and
obtaining  profitability  to  provide  the means of  financial  and  operational
support beyond the offering.  Should any of these factors not be achieved,  then
adverse  effects  could  materialize.  The Company  believes  that should  these
adverse effects  materialize,  then  management  will seek additional  financing
through perhaps a private placement or vendor support in order to survive. There
can be no guarantee that the Company will be successful in these efforts.

The  underwriter of the proposed  public  offering has been named a defendant in
regulatory matters and various  litigation.  This could possibly have an adverse
effect on the Company's liquidity.

Management  intends  to  seek  additional  equity  financing  and to  secure  an
additional line of credit until operations generate a positive cash flow. Should
the Company experience delays in the proposed public offering or is unsuccessful
in obtaining  additional equity or debt financing,  the Company's  liquidity and
capital resources could be adversely affected.

During  periods of temporary  cash  shortages,  the officers of the Company have
provided  and will  continue to provide  within  their  means,  additional  debt
financing for the Company.

During the year ended March 31, 1994,  the Company  advance to American Top Real
Estate [ATRE]  $152,000.  The Company has a 50% interest in ATRE. On January 19,
1994,  ATRE entered  into an agreement to sell a parcel of land for  $4,400,000.
ATRE has a 70% interest in this land. It is  anticipated  that this sale will be
consummated  in the first  quarter of 1995 and that proceeds from this sale will
be first utilized to repay the Company and the other two ATRE shareholders their
advances and interest on those advances.





<PAGE>



DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1994 compared with the year ended March 31, 1993.


Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On May 6, 1992, the Company borrowed  $150,000 from the Underwriter due April 1,
1995 with annual interest of 10%. The Underwriter shall receive prepayment of up
to  $350,000 of this  indebtedness  should the  Company  realize net  cumulative
proceeds  of  $1,000,000  or more  from any  public  or  private  financing.  As
additional  consideration,  the  Underwriter  received a Common  Stock  Purchase
Warrant  for 7,500  shares of Common  Stock,  exercisable  at a price of $15 per
share  for a term of three  [3]  years.  On May 20,  1992 and May 27,  1992,  an
additional $100,000 was borrowed from the Underwriter of the public offering due
April 1, 1995 with annual  interest of 10%.  In  addition,  on June 2, 9 and 15,
1992, an additional  $150,000 was borrowed  from the  Underwriter  of the public
offering  due  April  1,  1995  with  annual  interest  of  10%.  As  additional
consideration,  the Underwriter  received a Common Stock Purchase Warrant for an
additional  10,000 shares of Common Stock,  exercisable at a price of $15.00 per
share for a term of three [3] years.  On June 29,  1992 and July 9, 1992,  total
additional loans of $110,000 were borrowed from the  Underwriter.  Consequently,
the  Underwriter  was  issued a new  note for the  entire  amount  of  $510,000,
cancelling the previous notes of $150,000, $100,000, $150,000 and $110,000 which
is due on July 1, 1995 at an interest  rate of ten  percent  [10%] per annum and
issued a total of 25,500 shares of Common Stock Purchase Warrants exercisable at
$15 per share for a term of three [3] years were  issued.  These  warrants  were
surrendered by the Underwriter in August of 1992 and were cancelled.

In March 1994,  the Company was granted an extension  on the total  indebtedness
due to the  Underwriter  from  April 1, 1995 to July 1,  1995 and  approximately
$350,000 is to be paid from the net proceeds of the proposed public offering. It
cannot be guaranteed that the Underwriter will continue to support the financial
needs of the Company by making loans to the Company.

The Company's  volume of borrowing  with the bank's Line of Credit for the years
ended March 31, 1994 and 1993 were  approximately  $8,000,000  and  $12,000,000,
respectively.  At March 31,  1994,  the  Company's  line of credit  balance  was
approximately  $1,760,000,  which is due on August 31, 1994, except for $600,000
which is due on April 1, 1995.  The  Company  is current on all of its  interest
obligations with respect to the bank line of credit, however, as a result of the
business  combination and the sustained  operation  losses,  the Company has not
been in compliance with certain  financial  ratio  covenants  required under the
line of credit.  The Company has received a waiver from the bank for its lack of
compliance with certain  financial ratio covenants.  The waiver expires upon the
successful  completion  of the public  offering.  The Company  believes that the
proposed  offering  proceeds and an  improvement in sales would help the Company
comply with the  financial  ratio  covenants.  Two  officers of the Company have
guaranteed this line of credit.

On August 12, 1992, the Company obtained two lines of credit totaling $1,205,035
from a private  investor.  One of the lines of credit for $798,135 is classified
as a  long-term  liability,  of which  $452,993  has been repaid as of March 31,
1994. The remaining  balance of $345,142 is due April 1, 1995. The other line of
credit of $406,900 is due April 1, 1995 and is also  classified  as a long- term
liability.  Interest of 12% per annum shall be paid each month commencing August
1, 1992. As additional consideration for the lines of credit, the Company issued
a total of 25,000  warrants to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock at $30 per
share on or before  August 12,  1997.  The lines of credit will  terminate  upon
default by the Company and are  collateralized  by (i) a first security interest
[subordinate  to the  bank]  in  certain  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and
equipment and (ii) a security  interest in the Company's  shares of American Top
Real Estate. These loans are personally guaranteed by two of the officers of the
Company.






<PAGE>


DIAMOND ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Year ended March 31, 1994 compared with the year ended March 31, 1993.

Liquidity and Capital Resources [Continued]

On November 6, 1992, the Company obtained an additional revolving line of credit
up to a maximum of $600,000 from another private investor.  This loan is made in
amounts  equal to 70% of the  pledged  invoice's  amount and is secured by (i) a
first  security  interest  in certain  accounts  receivable  from five  specific
customers,  (ii) personally guaranteed by two of the officers of the Company. As
of March 31,  1994,  the  Company  owes  $-0-.  Repayment  of 115% of the amount
borrowed is to be made upon receipt of any payment of pledged invoices.

On November 10,  1993,  the Company  obtained an  additional  revolving  line of
credit up to a maximum of $400,000 from another private  investor.  This loan is
made in amounts equal to 92.75% of the pledged invoices amount and is secured by
(i)  a  first  interest  in  certain  accounts  receivable  from  five  specific
customers,  (ii) personal guarantee by two of the officers of the Company. As of
March 31, 1994, the Company owed $414,475  including  accrued loan fees of 7.25%
from pledged invoice amounts. Interest rate shall be 18% per annum for repayment
not made within 90 days.

Management  believes  that a stronger  marketing  effort to be a sales  oriented
company needs to be addressed. Management is currently expanding its sales force
in all divisions with individuals who have the industry experience and contacts.

New Authoritative Pronouncements

The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board has issued FAS No. 106,  "Employers
Accounting  for  Postretirement  Benefits  Other Than Pensions" and FAS No. 107,
"Disclosure about Fair Value of Financial Instruments." However, the adoption of
the new  statements  is not expected to have a material  impact on the Company's
financial  position or results of  operations.  Currently,  the Company does not
have postretirement benefits. The Company will adopt FAS 107 on April 1, 1996.

Impact of Inflation

The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material adverse effect on
sales or income  during the past several  years.  Increases in supplies or other
operating costs could adversely affect the Company's  operations;  however,  the
Company  believes it could increase prices to offset increases in costs of goods
sold or other operating costs.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission